Owner`s Manual

Owner`s Manual
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-39
Universal Remote System . . . . 5-45
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-17
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-25
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-29
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-48
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (2,1)
2011 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-14
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names,
and vehicle body designs appearing
in this manual including, but
not limited to, GM, the GM logo,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET
Emblem, IMPALA, and the IMPALA
Emblem are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 20782813 B Second Printing
This manual describes features
that may or may not be on your
specific vehicle either because
they are options that you did
not purchase or due to changes
subsequent to the printing of this
owner manual. Please refer to the
purchase documentation relating
to your specific vehicle to confirm
each of the features found on your
vehicle. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, substitute the name
"General Motors of Canada Limited"
for Chevrolet Motor Division
wherever it appears in this manual.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
©
iii
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language copy of this
manual can be obtained from your
dealer or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
1-800-551-4123
Numéro de poste 6438
de langue française
www.helminc.com
2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
iv
Black plate (4,1)
Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information
about the vehicle, use the Index
in the back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number
where it can be found.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{ WARNING
These mean there is something
that could hurt you or other
people.
Notice: This means there is
something that could result
in property or vehicle damage.
This would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty.
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation
or information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a
hazard that could result in injury or
death.
Symbols
A circle with a slash through it
is a safety symbol which means
“Do Not,” “Do not do this,” or
“Do not let this happen.”
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer
to the Index.
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
% : Audio® Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j : LATCH System Child
Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
v
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
vi
Black plate (6,1)
Introduction
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
In Brief
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . .
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-6
1-8
1-8
1-8
Sensing System for Passenger
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-1
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-20
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-2
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
In Brief
A. Air Vents on page 8‑5.
L.
B. Remote Trunk Release Button.
See Trunk on page 2‑10.
M. Cruise Control on page 9‑32.
C. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
on page 6‑4.
N. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
D. Instrument Cluster on
page 5‑11.
O. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.
E. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑4.
F.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑26.
G. Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
P.
Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑2.
Horn on page 5‑3.
Q. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑3 (If Equipped).
R. Ignition Positions on page 9‑17.
H. Infotainment on page 7‑1.
S. Climate Control Systems on
page 8‑1.
I.
T.
J.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑5.
K. Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑29 (If Equipped).
Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
U. Center Console Shift Lever
(If Equipped). See Shifting Into
Park on page 9‑21.
V.
Glove Box on page 4‑1.
1-3
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or
may not be on your specific
vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-4
Black plate (4,1)
In Brief
Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System
The RKE transmitter is used to
remotely lock and unlock the doors
from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Press
Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can
be personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑39
for additional information.
With this feature the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Press and hold V for
approximately one second
to open the trunk.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
Press L and release to locate the
vehicle.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold / until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Press L and hold for more than
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm.
Press L again to cancel the panic
alarm.
Press K to unlock the driver door.
Press again within five seconds to
unlock all remaining doors.
Remote Vehicle Start
See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.
Starting the Vehicle
2. Press
Q.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on
as long as the engine is running.
The doors will be locked and
the climate control system may
come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
In Brief
Canceling a Remote Start
Door Locks
To cancel a remote start:
Manual Locks
.
Aim the RKE transmitter
at the vehicle and press and
hold / until the parking lamps
turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Turn the ignition on and then
back off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑5.
From outside the vehicle, use
the key in the door or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
lock or unlock the vehicle. From the
inside, pull up or push down on the
manual door lock knobs.
See Door Locks on page 2‑7.
Power Door Locks
Power door lock switches are
located on the front doors near
the handle.
Q:
Press the bottom of the switch
to lock all doors.
1-5
K : Press the top of the switch to
unlock all doors.
For more information, see:
.
Power Door Locks on page 2‑8.
.
Delayed Locking on page 2‑8.
Trunk Release
In addition to the trunk release
button on the RKE transmitter, there
is a remote release V button
located on the left side of the
instrument panel.
For more information, see Trunk on
page 2‑10.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-6
Black plate (6,1)
In Brief
Windows
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
To adjust the seatback, see “Manual
Reclining Seatbacks” under
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
The power window switches
are on the driver door armrest.
Each passenger door has a switch
that controls only that window.
Press the front of the switch to the
first position to open the window.
Pull the switch up to close it.
For more information, see Power
Windows on page 2‑16.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front edge
of the seat cushion to unlock
the seat.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
In Brief
Power Seats
Power Reclining Seatback
Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
To adjust a power seatback,
if equipped:
Move the lever up or down to
increase or decrease lumbar
support.
.
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
Raise or lower the front or rear
of the seat cushion by moving
the front or rear of the control
up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
.
Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.
Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See “Power Reclining Seatbacks”
under Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑5.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3‑4 for more information.
1-7
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-8
Black plate (8,1)
In Brief
Second Row Seats
Safety Belts
On vehicles with the flip and fold
feature, the bottom seat cushions
can be flipped forward and the
seatback folded down to create
an extended cargo area.
See Rear Seats (Split Folding) on
page 3‑8 for more information.
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the
head restraint height in the proper
position.
For more information see Head
Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑3.
Lap Belt on page 3‑23.
.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑51.
Sensing System for
Passenger Airbag
The vehicle also has an under seat
storage area.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
.
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly.
.
Safety Belts on page 3‑10.
.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3‑14.
.
Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑19.
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag under certain
conditions. The driver airbags,
seat‐side impact airbags, and
roof‐rail airbags are not affected
by this.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
instrument panel when the vehicle
is started.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
In Brief
1-9
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
Exterior Mirrors
Vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror can be adjusted by holding
the mirror in the center to move
it for a clearer view behind the
vehicle. Adjust the mirror to avoid
glare from the headlamps behind.
Pull the lever, located at the bottom
of the mirror for nighttime use.
Return the lever to its original
position for the day position.
United States
See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2‑15.
Canada
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑34 for important information.
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are on the driver door
armrest.
Press the left or right side of
the selector located above the
control pad to adjust the driver
or passenger mirror. Then press
the control pad to move the mirror
in the desired direction.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14.
On vehicles with an automatic
dimming rearview mirror, the mirror
will automatically adjust to reduce
the glare of lights from behind the
vehicle. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑15.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-10
Black plate (10,1)
In Brief
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamp
The center mounted dome lamp
overhead comes on when a door
is opened. This lamp can also be
turned on by turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise.
.
Delayed Entry Lighting on
page 6‑7.
.
Delayed Exit Lighting on
page 6‑7.
.
Parade Dimming on page 6‑7.
Exterior Lighting
Reading Lamps
The vehicle has reading lamps that
also act as the dome lamp. Press
the button near each lamp to turn
them on and off.
The tilt wheel lever is located on the
left side of the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever
toward you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Map Lamps
The vehicle has map lamps on the
rearview mirror. Push the button
near each lamp to turn the map
lamps on and off.
For more information on interior
lighting, see:
.
Exterior Lighting on page 1‑10.
.
Courtesy Lamps on page 6‑5.
The exterior lamps control is located
on the instrument panel to the left of
the steering wheel.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
In Brief
P : Briefly turn to this position
to manually turn the automatic
lamp control and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) off or on. For vehicles
first sold in Canada, the off position
only works when the vehicle is
shifted into the P (Park) position.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
6 : Slow wipes.
? : Fast wipes.
Windshield Washer
Push the paddle L at the top of the
lever to spray washer fluid on the
windshield.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
and taillamps.
# : (If Equipped) Turns on the fog
lamps.
For more information, see:
.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
.
Fog Lamps on page 6‑5.
.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/
Automatic Headlamp System on
page 6‑3.
9 : Turns the windshield
wipers off.
6:
AUTO: Automatically operates the
headlamps and other exterior lamps
at normal brightness.
2 : Turns on the headlamps and
other exterior lamps.
1-11
The lever is located on the left side
of the steering column.
8:
Single wipe, turn to 8, then
release. Several wipes, hold the
band on 8 longer.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑4.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-12
Black plate (12,1)
In Brief
Climate Controls
This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating,
cooling, defrost, defog, and ventilation can be controlled with either of these
systems.
Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls
A. Fan Control
B. Outside Air
C. Recirculation
D. Air Delivery Mode Control
E. Air Conditioning
F.
Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
G. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
H. Rear Window Defogger
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
In Brief
Single Zone
A. Fan Control
F.
B. Outside Air
G. Rear Window Defogger
C. Temperature Control
See Climate Control Systems on
page 8‑1.
D. Recirculation
E. Air Delivery Mode Control
Air Conditioning
1-13
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-14
Black plate (14,1)
In Brief
© ¨ : Seek or scan stations.
4 : Press to display additional text
Vehicle Features
Radio(s)
information related to the current
FM-RDS or XM station; or CD,
MP3, or WMA song. If information
is available during XM, CD, MP3,
or WMA playback, the song title
information displays on the top
line of the display and artist
information displays on the bottom
line. When information is not
available, “No Info” displays.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Infotainment on page 7‑1.
Radio with CD (MP3)
O : Press to turn the system on
and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
BAND: Press to choose between
FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped.
f:
Select radio stations.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
In Brief
1-15
Storing a Favorite Station
Setting the Clock
Satellite Radio
Depending on which radio the
vehicle has, radio stations are
stored as either favorites or
presets.
To set the time and date for the
Radio with CD (MP3):
XM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous
United States and 10 Canadian
provinces. XM satellite radio has a
wide variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
For radios with a FAV button,
a maximum of 36 stations can
be stored as favorites using the
6 softkeys located below the radio
station frequency tabs and by using
the radio FAV button. Press FAV
to go through up to 6 pages of
favorites, each having 6 favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM, or XM
stations.
For radios without a FAV button, up
to 18 stations (6 FM1, 6 FM2, and
6 AM), can be programmed on the
6 numbered buttons.
See Operation on page 7‑2.
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM,
DD, and YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year) display.
3. Press the pushbutton located
below any one of the tabs that
you want to change.
4. Increase or decrease the time or
date by turning f clockwise or
counterclockwise.
For detailed instructions on setting
the clock for your specific audio
system, see Clock on page 5‑7.
A fee is required to receive the
XM service.
For more information, refer to:
.
www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 (U.S.)
.
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada)
See Satellite Radio on page 7‑9.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-16
Black plate (16,1)
In Brief
Portable Audio Devices
Bluetooth®
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
input jack, located on the audio
faceplate. External devices such
as iPods®, MP3 players, etc. can
be connected to the auxiliary input
jack using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input
jack cable.
For vehicles with a Bluetooth
system, it allows users with a
Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to
make and receive hands-free calls
using the vehicle’s audio system
and controls.
See “Using the Auxiliary Input
Jack” under Auxiliary Devices on
page 7‑21.
Steering Wheel Controls
The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone
must be paired with the Bluetooth
system before it can be used in the
vehicle. Not all phones will support
all functions. For more information,
visit www.gm.com/bluetooth.
For more information, see Bluetooth
on page 7‑21.
If equipped, these controls are
located on the right side of the
steering wheel.
w : Press to go to the next radio
station stored as a favorite, or the
next track if a CD is playing.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
In Brief
b g : Press to silence the vehicle
speakers only. Press again to turn
the sound on. Press and hold longer
than two seconds to interact with
the OnStar® or Bluetooth systems,
if equipped.
Cruise Control
+ e − e : Press to increase or
decrease volume.
¨ : Press to go to the next radio
station while in AM, FM, or XM.
Press to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the CD.
For more information, see Steering
Wheel Controls on page 5‑3.
+RES: Press briefly to make the
vehicle resume to a previously
set speed, or press and hold to
accelerate.
SET−: Press to set the speed and
activate cruise control or make the
vehicle decelerate.
c x : Press to go to the
previous radio station stored as a
favorite, the next track if a CD is
playing, reject an incoming call,
or end a current call.
SRCE : Press to choose between
the radio, CD, and auxiliary
input jack.
1-17
[ : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
For more information, see Cruise
Control on page 9‑32.
The cruise control buttons are
located on the left side of the
steering wheel.
J:
Press to turn cruise control on
and off. The indicator is lit when
cruise control is on.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-18
Black plate (18,1)
In Brief
Power Outlets
The vehicle has three 12‐volt
outlets which can be used to plug
in electrical equipment, such as a
cell phone or MP3 player.
On vehicles with a center console,
one outlet is located inside
the center floor console and
two outlets are located at the
front of the console bin under
the instrument panel.
On vehicles without a center
console, two are located under the
climate controls and another outlet
for the rear seat passengers is at
the rear of the center front seat.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
Performance and
Maintenance
.
For vehicles with traction control
and electronic stability control,
press and release 5 on the
instrument panel to turn off
traction control. F illuminates
and the appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑35.
.
Press and release the button
again to turn on traction control.
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The vehicle may have a traction
control system which limits
wheel spin. The system turns
on automatically every time the
vehicle is started.
.
For vehicles with traction control,
press and release i on the
instrument panel to turn off
traction control. F illuminates
and the appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑35.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑29.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
In Brief
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
The Electronic Stability Control
system assists with directional
control of the vehicle in difficult
driving conditions. The system
turns on automatically every time
the vehicle is started.
.
.
To turn off both traction
control and Electronic
Stability Control, press and
hold 5 on the instrument
panel until F illuminates and
the appropriate DIC message
displays. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑35.
Press and release the button
again to turn on both systems.
For more information, see Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9‑31.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS warning light alerts you
to a significant loss in pressure
of one of the vehicle's tires. If the
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
1-19
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑12. The warning
light will remain on until the tire
pressure is corrected.
During cooler conditions, the low tire
pressure warning light may appear
when the vehicle is first started and
then turn off. This may be an early
indicator that the tire pressures are
getting low and the tires need to be
inflated to the proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. It is the
driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑51.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-20
Black plate (20,1)
In Brief
Engine Oil Life System
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays a DIC message when
it is necessary to change the engine
oil and filter. The oil life system
should be reset to 100% only
following an oil change.
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on
page 9‑38. For all other vehicles,
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9‑35.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC.
2. Press and hold the SET/RESET
button on the DIC for more than
five seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑11.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving
tips to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.
Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.
Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.
When road and weather
conditions are appropriate,
use cruise control.
.
Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.
Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.
Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
In Brief
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled in
the Roadside Assistance program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6 for more information.
Online Owner Center
Automatic Crash Response
The Online Owner Center is a
complimentary service that includes
online service reminders, vehicle
maintenance tips, online owner
manual, special privileges,
and more.
In a crash, built‐in sensors can
automatically alert an OnStar
Advisor who is immediately
connected to the vehicle to see
if you need help.
Sign up today at:
www.chevyownercenter.com
(U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
Q : This blue button connects
you to a specially trained OnStar
Advisor to verify your account
information and to answer
questions.
OnStar®
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
If you have an active OnStar
subscription, press the Q button
and the current GPS location will
be sent to an OnStar advisor who
will assess your problem, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay
your exact location to get the help
you need.
1-21
How OnStar Service Works
] : Push this red emergency
button to get priority help from
specially trained OnStar Emergency
Advisors.
OnStar uses several innovative
technologies and live Advisors to
provide a wide range of safety,
security, navigation, diagnostics,
and calling services.
X : Push this button for hands‐free,
voice‐activated calling and to give
voice commands for Turn‐by‐Turn
Navigation.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-22
Black plate (22,1)
In Brief
Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Door Unlock, Roadside
Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn
Navigation, and Hands‐Free
Calling are available on most
vehicles. Not all OnStar services
are available on all vehicles.
For more information see the
OnStar Owner's Guide or visit
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact
OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY
1‐877‐248‐2080, or push Q to
speak with an OnStar Advisor
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
For a full description of OnStar
services and system limitations,
see the OnStar Owner's Guide
in the glove box.
OnStar service is subject to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions
included in the OnStar Glove
Box Kit.
OnStar service requires wireless
communication networks and the
Global Positioning System (GPS)
satellite network. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles at all times.
OnStar service can’t work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with
a wireless service provider for
service in that area, and the
wireless service provider has
coverage, network capacity,
reception, and technology
compatible with OnStar service.
Service involving location
information about your vehicle
can’t work unless GPS signals
are available, unobstructed,
and compatible with the OnStar
hardware. The vehicle has to have
a working electrical system and
adequate battery power for the
OnStar equipment to operate.
OnStar service may not work if the
OnStar equipment isn’t properly
installed or you haven’t maintained
it and your vehicle is in good
working order and in compliance
with all government regulations.
If you try to add, connect, or modify
any equipment or software in your
vehicle, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems OnStar can’t
control may prevent service to you,
such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels,
weather, electrical system design
and architecture of your vehicle,
damage to important parts of your
vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone
network congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission
(FCC) rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
In Brief
OnStar Steering Wheel
Controls
This vehicle may have
a b g / c x Talk/Mute button
that can be used to interact with
OnStar Hands-Free Calling.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑3 for more information.
On some vehicles, the mute button
can be used to dial numbers into
voice mail systems, or to dial phone
extensions. See the OnStar Owner's
Guide for more information.
1-23
Your Responsibility
OnStar®
Increase the volume of the radio
if the OnStar Advisor cannot be
heard.
If the vehicle is equipped with an
active OnStar system, that system
may also record data in crash
or near crash-like situations.
The OnStar Terms and Conditions
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
in the OnStar Glove Box Kit,
at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by
pushing Q and speaking to an
Advisor.
If the light next to the OnStar
buttons is red, the system
may not be functioning
properly. Push Q and request
a vehicle diagnostic check.
If the light appears clear
(no light is appearing), your
OnStar subscription has expired
and all services have been
deactivated. Push Q to confirm
that the OnStar equipment is active.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
1-24
Black plate (24,1)
In Brief
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys, Doors and
Windows
Doors
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Security
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . .
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-11
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-12
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-1
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-15
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-2
Black plate (2,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System
Keys and Locks
Keys
See Radio Frequency
Statement on page 13‑17 for
information regarding Part 15
of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-210/220/310.
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls
or even make the vehicle move.
The windows will function with the
keys in the ignition and children
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing
window. Do not leave the keys in
a vehicle with children.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
The key can be used for the ignition
and the driver's door. If the vehicle
is a taxi model, the key can also be
used in the trunk.
.
Check the distance.
The transmitter may be
too far from the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
Notice: If the keys get locked
in the vehicle, it may have to
be damaged to get them out.
Always carry a spare key.
If you are locked out of your vehicle,
contact Roadside Assistance. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions work up to
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start):
For
vehicles with this feature, press to
start the engine from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑5 for additional information.
Q (Lock):
Press to lock all the
doors. If enabled through the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
the parking lamps flash once to
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled through the DIC, the
horn chirps when Q is pressed
again within five seconds.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑39 for additional information.
Pressing Q may arm the
content theft‐deterrent system.
See Anti-Theft Alarm System on
page 2‑11.
With Remote Start Shown,
Without Remote Start Similar
2-3
K (Unlock): Press once to
unlock the driver door. If K is
pressed again within five seconds,
all remaining doors unlock.
The interior lamps come on
and stay on for 20 seconds or
until the ignition is turned on.
If enabled through the DIC,
the parking lamps flash twice
to indicate unlocking has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑39.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the content theft‐deterrent
system. See Anti-Theft Alarm
System on page 2‑11.
V (Remote Trunk Release):
Press and hold for about
one second to open the trunk.
The transmission must be in
P (Park).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-4
Black plate (4,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
L (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release to
locate the vehicle. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times. Press and hold L for
more than two seconds to activate
the panic alarm. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
repeatedly for 30 seconds. The
alarm turns off when the ignition
is turned to ON/RUN or L is
pressed again. The ignition must
be in LOCK/OFF for the panic
alarm to work.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters
programmed to the vehicle
will work. If a transmitter is
lost or stolen, a replacement
can be purchased and programmed
through your dealer. When
the replacement transmitter is
programmed to the vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also
be programmed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters no longer work once
the new transmitter is programmed.
Each vehicle can have up to eight
transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer to program new
transmitters.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the
REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE
KEY message displays in the DIC.
See “REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY” under Key and
Lock Messages on page 5‑34
for additional information.
Notice: When replacing the
battery, do not touch any of
the circuitry on the transmitter.
Static from your body could
damage the transmitter.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
2. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down. Replace with
a CR2032 or equivalent battery.
4. Snap the transmitter back
together.
Remote Vehicle Start
To replace the battery:
1. Separate the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a flat
head screwdriver.
.
.
Carefully insert the tool into
the notch located along
the parting line of the
transmitter. Do not insert
the tool too far. Stop as
soon as resistance is felt.
Twist the tool until the
transmitter is separated.
Your vehicle may have a remote
starting feature that allows you
to start the engine from outside
the vehicle. It may also start the
vehicle's heating or air conditioning
systems and rear window defogger.
When the remote start system
is active and the vehicle has an
automatic climate control system, it
will automatically regulate the inside
temperature. Normal operation of
these systems will return after the
ignition key is turned to ON/RUN.
2-5
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
For example, some laws may
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view when
doing so. Check local regulations
for any requirements on remote
starting of vehicles.
Do not use the remote start feature
if your vehicle is low on fuel.
Your vehicle may run out of fuel.
If your vehicle has the remote
start feature, the RKE transmitter
functions will have an increased
range of operation. However, the
range may be less while the vehicle
is running.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-6
Black plate (6,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
/ (Remote Start):
This button will
be on the RKE transmitter if you
have remote start.
with a time extension. The first start
must expire or be canceled to get
two separate 10-minute starts.
To start the vehicle using the remote
start feature:
If it is the first remote start since the
vehicle has been driven, repeat the
previous steps, while the engine is
still running, to extend the engine
running time by 10 minutes from the
time you repeat the steps for remote
starting. The remote start running
time can be extended one time and
only after the first remote start.
1. Aim the transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q, then
immediately press and
hold / for two to four seconds
or until the vehicle's turn signal
lamps flash. The doors will lock.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps turn on and
remain on while the engine
is running.
The remote start feature provides
two separate starts per ignition
cycle, each with 10 minutes of
engine running time, or one start
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, insert and turn the key
to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle.
The engine will shut off
automatically after 10 minutes,
unless a time extension has been
done or the vehicle's key is inserted
into the ignition switch and turned to
ON/RUN.
To manually shut off a remote start,
do any of the following.
.
Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and release
the remote start button.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Turn the ignition switch out of
LOCK/OFF and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
After the engine has been started
two times, or one time with a time
extension, the vehicle's ignition
must be turned to ON/RUN using
the key before the remote start
procedure can be used again.
See Ignition Positions on page 9‑17
for information regarding the ignition
positions on your vehicle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
The remote vehicle start feature
will not operate if any of the follow
occur:
.
.
The vehicle's key is in the
ignition.
The vehicle's hood is open.
.
The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.
The check engine light is on.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
on page 5‑17.
.
The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
.
The oil pressure is low.
.
The content theft-deterrent alarm
has been activated.
.
Two remote vehicle starts,
or one start with a time
extension, have already been
provided for that ignition cycle.
Door Locks
WARNING (Continued)
{ WARNING
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a door
is locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in
a crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So,
all passengers should wear
safety belts properly and
the doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
(Continued)
2-7
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from
happening.
From the outside, use the key in
the driver door or use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
to lock and unlock the vehicle.
From the inside, use the manual
or power door locks.
To lock or unlock the driver side
door from the outside with the key,
insert the key and turn it clockwise
or counterclockwise.
To lock or unlock the door from the
inside, push or pull the manual
lock knob.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-8
Black plate (8,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Door Locks
A power door lock switch is located
on both front doors next to the door
handle.
Press the top of the switch to unlock
all doors or press the bottom of the
switch to lock all doors.
If the vehicle has the optional
content theft-deterrent system
and it is armed, the power door
lock switches will be disabled.
You must use the RKE transmitter
or the key to unlock the doors when
the system is armed. See Anti-Theft
Alarm System on page 2‑11.
Delayed Locking
Automatic Door Locks
This feature allows the driver to
delay the actual locking of the
doors. When the driver power
door lock switch is pressed with
the key removed from the ignition,
and the driver door open, a chime
will sound three times to signal
that the delayed locking system
is active. When all doors have
been closed, the doors will lock
automatically after several seconds.
If any door is opened before this,
the timer will reset itself once all
the doors have been closed again.
The doors will automatically lock
when the shift lever is moved out
of P (Park). The automatic door
locking feature cannot be disabled.
Pressing the driver or passenger
power door lock switch again or the
RKE transmitter button will override
this feature.
Personal Choice Programming
The delayed locking feature can
be turned on or off, using the
Driver Information Center (DIC) to
program this feature. See “DELAY
DOOR LOCK” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑39.
Programmable Automatic Door
Unlock
The vehicle is programmed so that
when the shift lever is moved into
P (Park) all doors will unlock.
With the vehicle stopped and
the engine running, door
unlocking can be programmed
through prompts displayed on the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
These prompts allow the driver to
choose various unlock settings.
For programming information,
see Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑39.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Lockout Protection
This feature helps prevent you from
locking the doors while the key is
in the ignition. Always remember to
take your key with you when exiting
the vehicle.
To assist in finding the lock, the
vehicle has the following:
2. Open the door from the outside.
To cancel the rear door
security lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from
the outside.
Safety Locks
The rear door security locks are
located on the inside edge of each
rear door. The rear doors must be
opened to access them.
To open a rear door when the
security lock is on, do the following:
1. Unlock the door by using the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter, if the vehicle has
one, by pressing the power door
lock switch, or by lifting the rear
door manual lock.
If the lock switch is pressed on the
door that is open and the key is in
the ignition, all of the doors will lock
and then the open door will unlock.
A chime sounds continuously until
the driver door is closed.
Rear door security locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from the inside.
2-9
To use the lock:
1. Insert the key into the security
lock slot and turn it so the slot is
in the horizontal position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
2. Insert the key into the security
lock slot and turn it so the slot is
in the vertical position.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-10
Black plate (10,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Doors
WARNING (Continued)
Trunk
{ WARNING
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or
with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death.
(Continued)
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
Trunk Release
To open the trunk from the outside,
press the trunk release button on
the RKE transmitter, if equipped.
.
Close all of the windows.
Remote Trunk Release
.
Fully open the air outlets
on or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See Climate
Control System in the Index.
G (Remote Trunk Release):
Press the button located next to the
exterior lamps control on the left
side of the instrument panel to open
the trunk. The shift lever must be in
P (Park).
.
If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑24.
The trunk can also be opened by
lowering the rear seat and pulling
the emergency trunk release handle
located inside the trunk. See Rear
Seats (Split Folding) on page 3‑8
and “Emergency Trunk Release
Handle” following.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Emergency Trunk Release
Handle
2-11
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not
make it impossible to steal.
Notice: Do not use the
emergency trunk release handle
as a tie-down or anchor point
when securing items in the trunk
as it could damage the handle.
The emergency trunk release
handle is only intended to aid a
person trapped in a latched trunk,
enabling them to open the trunk
from the inside.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Your vehicle may have the optional
content theft-deterrent alarm
system.
There is a glow-in-the-dark trunk
release handle located on the latch
inside the trunk . This handle will
glow following exposure to light.
Pull the release handle to open
the trunk from the inside.
To activate the theft-deterrent
system:
1. Open the door.
2. Lock the door with the power
door lock switch or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
If you are using the RKE
transmitter, the door does
not need to be open.
3. Close all doors.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-12
Black plate (12,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Once armed, the alarm will go off if
someone tries to enter the vehicle
without using the RKE transmitter
or a key or turns the ignition on
with an incorrect key. The horn will
sound and the turn signal lamps will
flash for about 30 seconds.
Arming with the RKE
Transmitter
When the alarm is armed, the
trunk may be opened with the
RKE transmitter. The power door
lock switches are disabled and the
doors remain locked. You must use
your RKE transmitter or your key to
unlock the doors when the system
is armed.
Disarming with the RKE
Transmitter
Arming with the Power Lock
Switch
The alarm system will arm when
you use either power lock switch
to lock the doors while any door is
open and the key is removed from
the ignition. The alarm system will
not arm if the trunk is open when
you use either power lock switch
to lock the doors.
The alarm system will arm when
you use your RKE transmitter to
lock the doors, if the key is not in
the ignition.
The alarm system will disarm when
you use your RKE transmitter to
unlock the doors.
The first time a remote unlock
command is received, three flashes
will be seen and three horn chirps
heard to indicate an alarm condition
has occurred since last arming.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency
Statement on page 13‑17 for
information regarding Part 15
of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-210/220/310.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+
(Personalized Automotive Security
System) theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key III+ is a passive
theft-deterrent system.
Disarming with Your Key
The system is automatically armed
when the key is removed from the
ignition.
The alarm system will disarm
when you use your key to unlock
the doors or insert your key in
the ignition and turn it from the
LOCK/OFF position.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned
to ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
You do not have to manually arm or
disarm the system.
The security light will come on if
there is a problem with arming
or disarming the theft-deterrent
system.
When the PASS-Key III+ system
senses that someone is using the
wrong key, it prevents the vehicle
from starting. Anyone using a
trial-and-error method to start the
vehicle will be discouraged because
of the high number of electrical key
codes.
If the engine does not start and
the security light on the instrument
panel cluster comes on when trying
to start the vehicle, there may be
a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. Turn the ignition off and
try again.
If the engine still does not start,
and the key appears to be
undamaged, try another ignition
key. At this time, you may also want
to check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers on page 10‑38.
If the engine still does not start
with the other key, the vehicle
needs service. If the vehicle does
start, the first key may be faulty.
See your dealer who can service
the PASS-Key III+ to have a new
key made.
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+
decoder to learn the transponder
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to 10 keys may be programmed
for the vehicle. The following
procedure is for programming
additional keys only. If all the
currently programmed keys are
lost or do not operate, you must
see your dealer or a locksmith
who can service PASS-Key III+ to
have keys made and programmed
to the system.
2-13
See your dealer or a locksmith who
can service PASS-Key III+ to get a
new key blank cut exactly as the
ignition key that operates the
system.
To program the new additional key:
1. Verify that the new key has
a 1 stamped on it.
2. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and start the engine. If the
engine will not start, see your
dealer for service.
3. After the engine has started,
turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and remove the key.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-14
Black plate (14,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
4. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to
the ON/RUN position within
five seconds of turning the
ignition to the LOCK/OFF
position in Step 3.
The security light will turn
off once the key has been
programmed.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if
additional keys are to be
programmed.
If you lose or damage your
PASS-Key III+ key, see your
dealer or a locksmith who can
service PASS-Key III+ to have
a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device
that disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ WARNING
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are located on the driver
door armrest.
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch located above
the control pad, to select the
driver or passenger mirror.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
2. Press one of the four buttons
located on the control pad to
move the mirror to the desired
direction.
Interior Mirrors
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
Adjust the inside rearview mirror
for a clear view of the area behind
your vehicle. To avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind, push the
tab forward for daytime and pull it
for nighttime use.
Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not adjusting
either outside mirror.
Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with heated mirrors:
= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside rearview
mirrors. See “Rear Window
Defogger” under Climate Control
Systems on page 8‑1 for more
information.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Vehicles with OnStar® have three
control buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information about OnStar and how
to subscribe to it. See the OnStar
Owner's Guide for more information
about the services OnStar provides.
2-15
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature comes on and the indicator
light illuminates each time the
ignition is turned to start.
O (On/Off):
Press to turn the
dimming feature on or off.
Vehicles with OnStar have three
additional control buttons for the
OnStar system. See your dealer
for more information about OnStar
and how to subscribe to it. See
the OnStar Owner Guide for more
information about the services
OnStar provides.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-16
Black plate (16,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Windows
Windows
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Leaving children, helpless
adults, or pets in a vehicle
with the windows closed is
dangerous. They can be
overcome by the extreme heat
and suffer permanent injuries
or even death from heat stroke.
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in
a pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof (if equipped).
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the keys is dangerous for many
reasons. Children or others could
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
windows or other controls or
even make the vehicle move.
The windows will function and
they could be seriously injured
or killed if caught in the path of
a closing window. Do not leave
keys in a vehicle with children.
When there are children in the
rear seat use the window lockout
button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Express-Down Window
2-17
Sun Visors
The driver window switch has
an express-down feature labeled
AUTO. This lets you lower the
window completely without holding
the switch. Press the front of the
switch to the second position and
release.
To stop the window while it is
lowering, briefly pull up on the
switch.
The switches on the driver door
armrest are used to control each of
the windows. Each passenger door
has its own window switch.
The power window switches work
while the ignition is in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or while
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
is active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9‑21.
To lower the window, press and hold
the front of the switch to the first
position until the window is at the
desired level. To raise the window,
pull up and hold the front of the
switch.
Window Lockout
o (Window Lockout):
The driver
window switches also include a
lockout switch. Press the right
side of the switch to prevent the
rear passengers from using their
window switches. The driver can
still control all the windows and the
front passenger can control their
own window with the lockout on.
Press the left side of the switch to
return to normal window operation.
A red bar on the right side of the
switch indicates that the lockout
is off.
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window, or to extend along the rod,
if available.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
2-18
Black plate (18,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Roof
Sunroof
The sunroof can only be operated
when the ignition is in ON/RUN
or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
is active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9‑21.
Q (Vent/Express-Open):
Press
this switch once to vent the sunroof
when it is closed. When using the
vent, the sunshade should be fully
opened. The sunshade can be
opened or closed manually by
sliding it rearward or forward.
On vehicles with a sunroof,
the sunroof switches are on
the overhead console.
From the vent position, press
this switch again to activate the
express-open feature. Press the
close switch to stop movement of
the sunroof. The sunshade will
automatically open when using
express‐open.
A deflector will automatically pop
up when the sunroof is opened.
The deflector will retract when the
sunroof is closed.
R (Close): Press and hold this
switch until the sunroof motor stops
to close the sunroof, or release the
switch when the desired position
has been reached.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise or plugging the
water drainage system. Periodically
open the sunroof and remove any
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
water. Do not remove grease from
sunroof.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . .
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . .
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-7
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Split Folding) . . . . . 3-8
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10
3-14
3-19
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-25
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-28
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
What Will You See After an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-40
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-41
Replacing Airbag System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-1
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat Position) . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Center Front Seat
Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Right Front Seat
Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-42
3-45
3-47
3-49
3-51
3-56
3-57
3-59
3-59
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-2
Black plate (2,1)
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are
not installed and adjusted
properly, there is a greater
chance that occupants will
suffer a neck/spinal injury in a
crash. Do not drive until the head
restraints for all occupants are
installed and adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button located on top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints
Rear Seat
Front Seats
The vehicle's rear seat has head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
Seat Adjustment
The vehicle's rear seat has a
headrest in the center seating
position that cannot be adjusted.
The rear seat head restraints and
headrest are not designed to be
removed.
3-3
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push
a pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front edge
of the seat cushion to unlock
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-4
Black plate (4,1)
Seats and Restraints
Center Seat
Power Seat Adjustment
The driver seat may have
power reclining seatbacks.
See “Power Reclining Seatbacks”
under Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑5 for more information.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
The vehicle may have a front center
seat. There are cupholders on
the underside of the seat cushion.
To use them, flip the seat cushion
forward. The seat can also be used
as a storage area by lowering the
seatback. See Center Console
Storage on page 4‑2.
The seatback doubles as an
armrest for the driver or front
passenger when the center seat
is unoccupied.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.
Raise or lower the front or rear
of the seat cushion by moving
the front or rear of the control up
or down.
Move the lever up or down to
increase or decrease lumbar
support.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
(Continued)
3-5
WARNING (Continued)
The lap belt cannot do its job
either. In a crash, the belt
could go up over your abdomen.
The belt forces would be there,
not at your pelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal
injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-6
Black plate (6,1)
Seats and Restraints
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
Power Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push
a pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To recline a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
To adjust a power seatback,
if equipped:
.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.
Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints
Heated Front Seats
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press
of the button, the heated seat
will change to the next lower
setting, and then to the off setting.
The lights indicate two for the
highest setting and one for the
lowest.
{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns
even at low temperatures.
To reduce the risk of burns,
people with such a condition
should use care when using
the seat heater, especially for
long periods of time. Do not
place anything on the seat that
insulates against heat, such
as a blanket, cushion, cover,
or similar item. This may cause
the seat heater to overheat.
An overheated seat heater
may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
3-7
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
If available, the buttons are on the
climate control panel. To operate,
the ignition must be on.
Press L or M to heat the driver
or passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
The heated seat are canceled
each time the ignition is turned off.
To use this feature after restarting
the vehicle, press the desired button
again.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-8
Black plate (8,1)
Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Split Folding)
Flip and Fold Feature
On vehicles with this feature, the
seat cushions flip forward and the
seatbacks fold down to create an
extended flat cargo area.
To flip the seat cushion and fold the
seatback:
1. Make sure the front seats are
not reclined. The seat cushion
will not flip forward completely
if the front seats are reclined.
2. Flip the seat cushion forward
by pulling up on the tab in the
center of the seat cushion where
the seatback meets the seat
cushion.
3. Lower the seatback by pulling
forward on the tab on the
outboard side of the seatback.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints
To return the seats to the normal
position:
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
1. Raise the seatback and make
sure it latches.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt could
be seriously injured. After raising
the rear seatback, always check
to be sure that the safety belts
are properly routed and attached,
and are not twisted.
2. Make sure the safety belts
are properly stowed over the
seatback in all three seating
positions.
3-9
3. Flip the bottom seat cushion
back into place. Push down
firmly on the seat cushion to
make sure it is secure.
When the seat is not in use, the
seatback should be placed in the
upright, locked position, and the
seat cushion should be in the down
position.
Under Seat Storage
The vehicle has a storage area
under the rear seat. See Rear
Storage on page 4‑2 for more
information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-10
Black plate (10,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{ WARNING
Do not let anyone ride where
a safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or
your passenger(s) are not
wearing safety belts, the injuries
can be much worse. You can hit
things inside the vehicle harder
or be ejected from the vehicle.
You and your passenger(s) can
be seriously injured or killed.
In the same crash, you might
not be, if you are buckled up.
Always fasten your safety belt,
and check that your passenger(s)
are restrained properly too.
{ WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision, people
riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that
is not equipped with seats and
safety belts. Be sure everyone
in the vehicle is in a seat and
using a safety belt properly.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5‑14 for additional information.
In most states and in all Canadian
provinces, the law requires wearing
safety belts. Here is why:
You never know if you will be in
a crash. If you do have a crash,
you do not know if it will be a
serious one.
A few crashes are mild, and some
crashes can be so serious that even
buckled up, a person would not
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
badly hurt or killed.
After more than 40 years of safety
belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-11
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything,
you go as fast as it goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose
it is just a seat on wheels.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the
vehicle. The rider does not stop.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-12
Black plate (12,1)
Seats and Restraints
The person keeps going until
stopped by something. In a real
vehicle, it could be the windshield...
or the instrument panel...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down
as the vehicle does. You get more
time to stop. You stop over more
distance, and your strongest bones
take the forces. That is why safety
belts make such good sense.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you
are wearing a safety belt or
not. But your chance of being
conscious during and after an
accident, so you can unbuckle
and get out, is much greater if
you are belted. And you can
unbuckle a safety belt, even if
you are upside down.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work
with safety belts — not instead
of them. Whether or not an
airbag is provided, all occupants
still have to buckle up to get the
most protection. That is true not
only in frontal collisions, but
especially in side and other
collisions.
3-13
Q: If I am a good driver, and I
never drive far from home,
why should I wear safety
belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver,
but if you are in a crash — even
one that is not your fault — you
and your passenger(s) can be
hurt. Being a good driver does
not protect you from things
beyond your control, such
as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within
40 km (25 mi) of home. And
the greatest number of serious
injuries and deaths occur
at speeds of less than
65 km/h (40 mph).
Safety belts are for everyone.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-14
Black plate (14,1)
Seats and Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
First, before you or your
passenger(s) wear a safety belt,
there is important information
you should know.
Be aware that there are special
things to know about safety
belts and children. And there
are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child
will be riding in the vehicle, see
Older Children on page 3‑42 or
Infants and Young Children on
page 3‑45. Follow those rules
for everyone's protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more
often in crashes than those who
are wearing safety belts.
Occupants who are not buckled up
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash. And they can strike others in
the vehicle who are wearing safety
belts.
This could cause serious or even
fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and
across the chest. These parts of
the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The shoulder belt locks if there is a
sudden stop or crash.
Q: What is wrong with this?
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front of you.
The lap part of the belt should be
worn low and snug on the hips,
just touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be less
likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt would
apply force on your abdomen.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose.
It will not give as much
protection this way.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously hurt if the
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.
3-15
{ WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the
lap belt is too loose. In a crash,
you could slide under the lap
belt and apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
The lap belt should be worn
low and snug on the hips,
just touching the thighs.
A: The lap belt is too loose.
It will not give nearly as much
protection this way.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-16
Black plate (16,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this?
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if
the belt is buckled in the wrong
place like this. In a crash, the
belt would go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would
be there, not on the pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal
injuries. Always buckle the belt
into the buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong
buckle.
A: The belt is over an armrest.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured
if the belt goes over an armrest
like this. The belt would be much
too high. In a crash, you can
slide under the belt. The belt
force would then be applied on
the abdomen, not on the pelvic
bones, and that could cause
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure
the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The shoulder belt is worn under
the arm. It should be worn over
the shoulder at all times.
3-17
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured
if you wear the shoulder belt
under your arm. In a crash, your
body would move too far forward,
which would increase the chance
of head and neck injury. Also,
the belt would apply too much
force to the ribs, which are not
as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure
internal organs like your liver or
spleen. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-18
Black plate (18,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this?
A: The belt is behind the body.
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by
not wearing the lap-shoulder
belt properly. In a crash, you
would not be restrained by the
shoulder belt. Your body could
move too far forward increasing
the chance of head and neck
injury. You might also slide
under the lap belt. The belt
force would then be applied
right on the abdomen. That could
cause serious or fatal injuries.
The shoulder belt should go over
the shoulder and across the
chest.
Q: What is wrong with this?
A: The belt is twisted across
the body.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by a
twisted belt. In a crash, you would
not have the full width of the belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt
is twisted, make it straight so it
can work properly, or ask your
dealer to fix it.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt except for
the center front passenger position
(if equipped), which has a lap belt.
See Lap Belt on page 3‑23 for more
information.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
3-19
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out
all the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the right front
seating position may affect the
passenger sensing system.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑34.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check if the
correct buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3‑24.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-20
Black plate (20,1)
Seats and Restraints
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
4. If equipped with a shoulder
belt height adjuster, move
it to the height that is right
for you. See “Shoulder Belt
Height Adjuster” in this section
for instructions on use and
important safety information.
The vehicle has shoulder belt height
adjusters for the driver and right
front passenger positions.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
Before a door is closed, be sure
the belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a safety belt,
damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the
shoulder and not falling off of it.
The belt should be close to, but
not contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness
of the safety belt in a crash.
See How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3‑14.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Pretensioners
Squeeze the buttons (A) on the
sides of the height adjuster and
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
You can move the adjuster up just
by pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it
down without squeezing the buttons
to make sure it has locked into
position.
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety
belt pretensioners cannot be seen,
they are part of the safety belt
assembly. They can help tighten
the safety belts during the early
stages of a moderate to severe
frontal and near frontal crash
if the threshold conditions for
pretensioner activation are met.
And, if the vehicle has side impact
airbags, safety belt pretensioners
can help tighten the safety belts
in a side crash.
Pretensioners work only once.
If the pretensioners activate in a
crash, they will need to be replaced,
and probably other new parts for
the vehicle's safety belt system.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash on page 3‑25.
3-21
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
This vehicle may have rear
shoulder belt comfort guides for
each outboard passenger position
in the rear seat. If not, they are
available through your dealer.
The guides may provide added
safety belt comfort for older children
who have outgrown booster seats
and for some adults. When installed
and properly adjusted, the comfort
guide positions the belt away from
the neck and head.
Here is how to install a comfort
guide to the safety belt:
1. Pull the guide out from the
pocket on the edge of the
seatback.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-22
Black plate (22,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt could
be seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt is
not twisted and it lies flat.
The elastic cord must be under
the belt and the guide on top.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
3-23
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Lap Belt
This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑19.
4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt
can be removed from the guide.
Slide the guide into the storage
pocket on the edge of the seatback.
The vehicle may have a center
seating position. When you sit in
the center front seating position,
you have a lap safety belt, which
has no retractor.
A pregnant woman should wear
a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low
as possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-24
Black plate (24,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
Buckle, position, and release it the
same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.
If the belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑24.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults.
Never use it for securing child seats.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety System Check
Safety Belt Care
Now and then, check that the
safety belt reminder light, safety
belts, buckles, latch plates,
retractors, and anchorages are
working properly. Look for any
other loose or damaged safety
belt system parts that might keep
a safety belt system from doing
its job. See your dealer to have
it repaired. Torn or frayed safety
belts may not protect you in a crash.
They can rip apart under impact
forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
get a new one right away.
Keep belts clean and dry.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5‑14 for more
information.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑25.
{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them.
In a crash, they might not be able
to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
3-25
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts After a
Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death
in a crash. To help make sure
the safety belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made
as soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-26
Black plate (26,1)
Seats and Restraints
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver.
.
A frontal airbag for the right front
passenger.
.
A seat‐mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.
A seat‐mounted side impact
airbag for the right front
passenger.
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and passenger directly behind
the driver.
.
A roof-rail airbag for the right
front passenger and passenger
seated directly behind the right
front passenger.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG embossed
in the trim or on an attached label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the middle
part of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel
for the right front passenger.
With seat‐mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG will
appear on the side of the seatback
closest to the door.
With roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear along the
headliner or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of
an inflating bag, all airbags must
inflate very quickly to do their job.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{ WARNING
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt — even
if you have airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, but do not replace them.
Also, airbags are not designed to
deploy in every crash. In some
crashes safety belts are your only
restraint. See When Should an
Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑30.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the safety belts. Everyone in your
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
3-27
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Airbags inflate with great force,
faster than the blink of an eye.
Anyone who is up against, or
very close to, any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily
close to any airbag, as you would
be if you were sitting on the edge
of the seat or leaning forward.
Safety belts help keep you in
position before and during a
crash. Always wear a safety belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag
when it inflates can be seriously
injured or killed. Airbags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer protection
for adults and older children, but
not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle safety belt
system nor its airbag system
is designed for them. Young
children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
system can provide. Always
secure children properly in
the vehicle. To read how, see
Older Children on page 3‑42 or
Infants and Young Children on
page 3‑45.
Occupants should not lean on
or sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-28
Black plate (28,1)
Seats and Restraints
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument panel cluster,
which shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15
for more information.
The driver frontal airbag is in the
middle of the steering wheel.
The right front passenger frontal
airbag is in the instrument panel on
the passenger side.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-29
WARNING (Continued)
that person causing severe
injury or even death. The path
of an inflating airbag must be
kept clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar
Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar
The seat‐mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
{ WARNING
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Do not use seat accessories
that block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the
roof of a vehicle with roof-rail
airbags by routing a rope or tie
down through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-30
Black plate (30,1)
Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are designed
to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes
to help reduce the potential for
severe injuries mainly to the
driver's or right front passenger's
head and chest. However, they
are only designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds a predetermined
deployment threshold. Deployment
thresholds are used to predict how
severe a crash is likely to be in time
for the airbags to inflate and help
restrain the occupants.
Whether the frontal airbags will
or should deploy is not based on
how fast your vehicle is traveling.
It depends largely on what you hit,
the direction of the impact, and how
quickly your vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate
at different crash speeds.
For example:
.
If the vehicle hits a stationary
object, the airbags could inflate
at a different crash speed than if
the vehicle hits a moving object.
.
If the vehicle hits an object that
deforms, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits an object
that does not deform.
.
If the vehicle hits a narrow object
(like a pole), the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits a wide
object (like a wall).
.
If the vehicle goes into an object
at an angle, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle goes straight
into the object.
Thresholds can also vary with
specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
dual-stage frontal airbags.
Dual-stage airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
The vehicle has electronic frontal
sensors, which help the sensing
system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a
more severe frontal impact.
For moderate frontal impacts,
dual-stage airbags inflate at a
level less than full deployment.
For more severe frontal impacts,
full deployment occurs.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints
The vehicle has seat-mounted
side impact and roof-rail airbags.
See Airbag System on page 3‑26.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. Seat-mounted side impact
and roof-rail airbags will inflate if
the crash severity is above the
system's designed threshold level.
The threshold level can vary with
specific vehicle design.
Roof-rail airbags are not intended to
inflate in rollovers or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is intended to deploy on the side
of the vehicle that is struck. Both
roof-rail airbags will deploy when
either side of the vehicle is struck.
In any particular crash, no one
can say whether an airbag should
have inflated simply because of
the damage to a vehicle or because
of what the repair costs were.
For frontal airbags, inflation is
determined by what the vehicle hits,
the angle of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
For seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags, deployment is
determined by the location and
severity of the side impact.
3-31
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover and deploy. The inflator,
the airbag, and related hardware are
all part of the airbag module.
Frontal airbag modules are
located inside the steering wheel
and instrument panel. For vehicles
with seat‐mounted side impact
airbags, there are airbags modules
in the side of the front seatbacks
closest to the door. For vehicles
with roof-rail airbags, there are
airbag modules in the ceiling of the
vehicle, near the side windows that
have occupant seating positions.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-32
Black plate (32,1)
Seats and Restraints
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the
protection provided by safety
belts. Frontal airbags distribute
the force of the impact more
evenly over the occupant's upper
body, stopping the occupant more
gradually. Seat-mounted side impact
and roof-rail airbags distribute the
force of the impact more evenly
over the occupant's upper body.
But airbags would not help in
many types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion
is not toward those airbags.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3‑30 for more
information.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
What Will You See After
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they deploy. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbag modules, see What Makes
an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑31.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out
of the windshield or being able to
steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{ WARNING
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon
as it is safe to do so. If you have
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
You can lock the doors, turn off the
interior lamps and hazard warning
flashers by using the controls for
those features.
3-33
{ WARNING
A crash severe enough to
inflate the airbags may have
also damaged important functions
in the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-34
Seats and Restraints
In many crashes severe enough
to inflate the airbag, windshields
are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage
may also occur from the right front
passenger airbag.
.
Black plate (34,1)
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some
new parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for your vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.
.
The vehicle has a crash
sensing and diagnostic module
which records information after
a crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13‑15 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13‑16.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean
that an airbag system will
not work properly. See your
dealer for service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the right front
passenger position. The passenger
airbag status indicator will be visible
on the instrument panel when the
vehicle is started.
United States
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
If you are using remote start to
start the vehicle from a distance,
if equipped, you may not see the
system check. When the system
check is complete, either the
word ON or the word OFF, or the
symbol for on or off, will be visible.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag under certain
conditions. The driver airbag,
seat‐mounted side impact airbags,
and roof‐rail airbags are not affected
by the passenger sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part
of the right front passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the
right front passenger frontal airbag
should be enabled (may inflate)
or not.
3-35
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
We recommend that children be
secured in a rear seat, including:
an infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
an older child riding in a booster
seat; and children, who are large
enough, using safety belts.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-36
Black plate (36,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat
in the front.” This is because the risk
to the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right
front passenger airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and
the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag,
no system is fail-safe. No one
can guarantee that an airbag will
not deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag if:
.
The right front passenger seat is
unoccupied.
.
The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.
A right front passenger takes
his/her weight off of the seat for
a period of time.
.
Or, if there is a critical problem
with the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag, the off
indicator will light and stay lit to
remind you that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on (may inflate)
the right front passenger frontal
airbag anytime the system senses
that a person of adult size is sitting
properly in the right front passenger
seat. When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit to remind you that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon
the person's seating posture
and body build. Everyone in the
vehicle who has outgrown child
restraints should wear a safety
belt properly — whether or not
there is an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑15 for more
information, including important
safety information.
3-37
If the On Indicator is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat Position) on page 3‑57
or Securing Child Restraints
(Center Front Seat Position) on
page 3‑59 or Securing Child
Restraints (Right Front Seat
Position) on page 3‑59.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-38
Black plate (38,1)
Seats and Restraints
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is
still lit, turn the vehicle off.
Then slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child restraint
into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the
head restraint. See Head
Restraints on page 3‑2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child's seating posture and
body build. It is better to secure the
child restraint in a rear seat.
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Adult-Size Occupant
system to detect that person and
enable the right front passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
If a person of adult-size is sitting
in the right front passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens,
use the following steps to allow the
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the
seat during vehicle maneuvers
and braking, which helps the
passenger sensing system
maintain the passenger airbag
status. See “Safety Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such
as seat covers, seat heaters, and
seat massagers can affect how
well the passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that
you not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑40 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here is how:
.
.
The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked
into the seat. If this happens,
the off indicator will be lit, and
the airbag readiness light on the
instrument panel will also be lit.
Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will enable
(turn on) the passenger airbag
while a child restraint or child
occupant is on the seat. If the
passenger airbag is turned on,
the on indicator will be lit.
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install
a child restraint or allow anyone
to occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15
for important safety information.
3-39
The on indicator may be lit if
an object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
{ WARNING
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-40
Black plate (40,1)
Seats and Restraints
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
{ WARNING
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are
parts of the airbag system in
several places around the vehicle.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about servicing
the vehicle and the airbag system.
To purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13‑13.
For up to 10 seconds after the
ignition is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Q: Is there anything I might add
to or change about the vehicle
that could keep the airbags
from working properly?
A: Yes. If you add things that
change the vehicle's frame,
bumper system, height, front
end or side sheet metal, they
may keep the airbag system
from working properly. Changing
or moving any parts of the front
seats, safety belts, the airbag
sensing and diagnostic module,
steering wheel, instrument
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, front sensors, side impact
sensors, or airbag wiring can
affect the operation of the
airbag system.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system
for the right front passenger
position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger's
seat. The passenger sensing
system may not operate properly
if the original seat trim is
replaced with non-GM covers,
upholstery or trim, or with
GM covers, upholstery or
trim designed for a different
vehicle. Any object, such as
an aftermarket seat heater or
a comfort enhancing pad or
device, installed under or on
top of the seat fabric, could
also interfere with the operation
of the passenger sensing
system. This could either
prevent proper deployment
of the passenger airbag(s) or
prevent the passenger sensing
system from properly turning
off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑34.
If you have any questions,
call Customer Assistance.
The phone numbers and
addresses for Customer
Assistance are in Step Two
of the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure in this manual.
See Customer Satisfaction
Procedure on page 13‑1.
Q: Because I have a disability,
I have to get my vehicle
modified. How can I find out
whether this will affect my
airbag system?
A: If you have questions,
call Customer Assistance.
The phone numbers and
addresses for Customer
Assistance are in Step Two
of the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure in this manual.
See Customer Satisfaction
Procedure on page 13‑1.
3-41
In addition, your dealer and the
service manual have information
about the location of the airbag
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module and airbag wiring.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance
or replacement. Make sure the
airbag readiness light is working.
See Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑15 for more information.
Notice: If an airbag covering is
damaged, opened, or broken,
the airbag may not work properly.
Do not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
airbag module replaced. For the
location of the airbag modules,
see What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3‑31. See your
dealer for service.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-42
Black plate (42,1)
Seats and Restraints
Replacing Airbag System
Parts After a Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the
airbag systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system
may not work properly and
may not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death.
To help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon
as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need
to replace airbag system parts.
See your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly.
Have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light
on page 5‑15 for more information.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints
The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide. See “Rear
Safety Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑19 for more information.
If the shoulder belt still does not
rest on the shoulder, then return
to the booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of
the trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face
or neck. The lap belt should
fit snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
3-43
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑19.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-44
Black plate (44,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
WARNING (Continued)
Never do this.
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then
be applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Never allow two children to wear
the same safety belt. The safety
belt can not properly spread the
impact forces. In a crash, the two
children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A safety
belt must be used by only one
person at a time.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly.
In a crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
(Continued)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants
and all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt
is wrapped around their neck
and the safety belt continues
to tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts
offer protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Every
time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the
protection provided by appropriate
child restraints.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
(Continued)
3-45
WARNING (Continued)
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become
a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a
person's arms. An infant should
be secured in an appropriate
restraint.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-46
Black plate (46,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back
as it will go.
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four
basic types. Selection of a
particular restraint should
take into consideration not
only the child's weight, height,
and age but also whether or not
the restraint will be compatible
with the motor vehicle in which
it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available.
When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed
to be used in a motor vehicle.
If it is, the restraint will have a
label saying that it meets federal
motor vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer's
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. This is
because an infant's neck is not
fully developed and its head
weighs so much compared with
the rest of its body. In a crash,
an infant in a rear-facing child
restraint settles into the restraint,
so the crash forces can be
distributed across the strongest
part of an infant's body, the back
and shoulders. Infants should
always be secured in rear-facing
child restraints.
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low
on the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during
a crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
3-47
Child Restraint Systems
(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat (A)
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-48
Black plate (48,1)
Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat (B)
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
(C) Booster Seats
A booster seat (C) is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of
the vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a
child to see out the window.
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured
in the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of
injury, the child restraint must
be secured in the vehicle. Child
restraint systems must be secured
in vehicle seats by lap belts or the
lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder
belt, or by the LATCH system.
See Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑51 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions
are important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint
in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
In some areas, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints.
In the U.S., refer to the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website
to locate the nearest child safety
seat inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child within the
Child Restraint
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
is not properly secured in the
child restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
3-49
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
We recommend that children and
child restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
a child riding in a forward-facing
child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-50
Black plate (50,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on your sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat
in the front.” This is because the risk
to the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right
front passenger airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
The vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system
which is designed to turn off
the right front passenger frontal
airbag under certain conditions.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has
turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one
can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑34 for additional
information.
{ WARNING
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint
in a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
When securing a child restraint in
a rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints
Depending on where you place
the child restraint and the size of
the child restraint, you may not
be able to access adjacent safety
belt assemblies or LATCH anchors
for additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to
or interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the
child restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle — even when no child
is in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
This system is designed to make
installation of a child restraint easier.
The LATCH system uses anchors in
the vehicle and attachments on the
child restraint that are made for use
with the LATCH system.
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
3-51
When installing a child restraint
with a top tether, you must also
use either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
In order to use the LATCH
system in your vehicle, you need
a child restraint that has LATCH
attachments. The child restraint
manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the
child restraint and its attachments.
The following explains how to
attach a child restraint with these
attachments in your vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-52
Black plate (52,1)
Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (A) are metal
bars built into the vehicle. There
are two lower anchors for each
LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint
with lower attachments (B).
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (A, C) anchors the
top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is
built into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment (B) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or
in a crash.
Your child restraint may have
a single tether (A) or a dual
tether (C). Either will have a
single attachment (B) to secure
the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have
a top tether are designed for use
with or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether
be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-53
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
To assist you in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
Rear Seat
i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
j (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
To assist you in locating the top
tether anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover.
The top tether anchors are located
under the covers on the rear
seatback filler panel behind each
head restraint. Be sure to use an
anchor located on the same side of
the vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-54
Black plate (54,1)
Seats and Restraints
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{ WARNING
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or
if the instructions that come with
the child restraint say that the top
tether must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3‑49 for
additional information.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured
or killed. Install a LATCH-type
child restraint properly using
the anchors, or use the vehicle
safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.
{ WARNING
Do not attach more than one
child restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt
is wrapped around their neck
and the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint
so children cannot reach them.
Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
Notice: Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear
seat with a safety belt buckled.
This could damage the safety
belt or the seat. Unbuckle and
return the safety belt to its
stowed position, before folding
the seat.
1. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments to the
lower anchors. If the child
restraint does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
3-55
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Push on the depression
at the rear of the cover
and swing the lid open
to expose the top tether
anchor.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-56
Black plate (56,1)
Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
{ WARNING
If the position you are using
has a fixed headrest and
you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the
head restraint.
If the position you are
using has a fixed headrest
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether over
the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure
it is securely held in place.
To check, grasp the child
restraint at the LATCH path
and attempt to move it
side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth.
There should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement,
for proper installation.
A crash can damage the
LATCH system in the vehicle.
A damaged LATCH system may
not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious
injury or even death in a crash.
To help make sure the LATCH
system is working properly after
a crash, see your dealer to have
the system inspected and any
necessary replacements made
as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at
the time of the crash.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat Position)
When securing a child restraint in
a rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑51 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint
is secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑51 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored,
or if the instructions that come with
the child restraint say that the top
strap must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure
the child restraint in this position.
Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
Secure the child in the child restraint
when and as the instructions say.
3-57
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to
Put the Restraint on page 3‑49.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-58
Black plate (58,1)
Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint,
it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked,
repeat Steps 4 and 5.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (59,1)
Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑51 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt
to move it side‐to‐side and
back‐and‐forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints
(Center Front Seat
Position)
{ WARNING
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint
in a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
3-59
Securing Child Restraints
(Right Front Seat
Position)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure
a forward-facing child restraint.
See Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3‑49.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which
is designed to turn off the right
front passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑34 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑16 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-60
Black plate (60,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat
in the front.” This is because the risk
to the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right
front passenger airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag,
no system is fail-safe. No one
can guarantee that an airbag will
not deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑34 for additional
information.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑51 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (61,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-61
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as
it will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
right front passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
3-62
Black plate (62,1)
Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt
to move it side‐to‐side and
back‐and‐forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint,
it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked,
repeat Steps 5 and 6.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator
in the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see
“If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑34 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Storage
Storage
Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
Cupholders may be built into the
front center console, front portion
of the front center seat, and rear
armrest of the vehicle.
4-1
Sunglasses Storage
A storage compartment for
sunglasses may be located above
the rearview mirror. Push on the
cover to open the compartment.
Armrest Storage
For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the tab on the
armrest forward to access it.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
4-2
Black plate (2,1)
Storage
Rear Storage
For vehicles with a split folding rear
seat, there are two storage areas
underneath. Pull the tab(s) located
by the passenger side safety belt
buckle and the driver side rear
seat to access the storage areas.
See Rear Seats (Split Folding) on
page 3‑8 for more information.
Center Console Storage
For vehicles with a front center
console storage area, open it by
pulling up on the latch located
in the front of the console cover.
There may be a removable tray
inside.
Additional Storage
Features
Convenience Net
For vehicles with a convenience
net, it is located in the rear. Use it
to store small loads as far forward
as possible. The net should not be
used to store heavy loads.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-21
Traction Control System
(TCS) Warning Light . . . . . . . 5-22
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-25
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5-1
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System Messages . . . .
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . .
Engine Power Messages . . . .
Fuel System Messages . . . . . .
Key and Lock Messages . . . . .
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag System Messages . . . .
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Vehicle Messages . . .
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-30
5-30
5-31
5-31
5-32
5-33
5-33
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-36
5-36
5-37
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-2
Black plate (2,1)
Instruments and Controls
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-38
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-38
Vehicle Personalization
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-39
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever
toward you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-45
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
The tilt wheel lever is located on the
left side of the steering column.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls
Steering Wheel Controls
w (Next): Press to go to the next
radio station stored as a favorite,
or the next track if a CD is playing.
SRCE (Source): Press to choose
between the radio (AM, FM, XM),
CD, and auxiliary input jack.
c x (Previous/End):
+ e − e (Volume): Press to
increase or to decrease the radio
volume.
Press
to go to the previous radio station
stored as a favorite, go to the next
track if a CD is playing, reject an
incoming call, or end a current call.
Vehicles with audio steering wheel
controls could differ depending on
the vehicle's options. Some audio
controls can be adjusted at the
steering wheel.
5-3
b g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press
to silence the vehicle speakers
only. Press again to turn the sound
on. For vehicles with OnStar®
or Bluetooth® systems, press
and hold b g for longer than
two seconds to interact with those
systems. See the OnStar Owner's
Guide and Bluetooth on page 7‑21
for more information.
¨ (Seek):
Press to go to the next
radio station while in AM, FM,
or XM™. Press ¨ to go to the next
track or chapter while sourced to
the CD.
Horn
Press near or on the horn symbols
on the steering wheel pad to sound
the horn.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-4
Black plate (4,1)
Instruments and Controls
Windshield Wiper/Washer
6
(Low Speed): Slow
wipes.
? (High Speed):
Fast wipes.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement on page 10‑31.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will
stop the motor until it cools down.
Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.
8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn
to 8, then release. Several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
9 (Off): Turns the windshield
wipers off.
6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes):
Turn the band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
Windshield Washer
Push the paddle L at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield. The wipers run for
several sweeps and then either
stop or return to the preset speed.
The ignition key must be in
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
for this to work. See Washer
Fluid on page 10‑25.
{ WARNING
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield
is warmed. Otherwise the
washer fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
When the vehicle is low on washer
fluid, the WASHER FLUID LOW
ADD FLUID displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) for
60 seconds. When the ignition is
turned off, this message displays
again for three seconds to remind
you that the fluid level is low.
Until the fluid reservoir is refilled,
every time the vehicle is started,
the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
for 60 seconds. See Washer
Fluid Messages on page 5‑38.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls
Compass
Compass Zone
If the compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
give false readings. The compass
must be set to the variance zone
in which the vehicle is traveling.
Your dealer will set the correct zone
for your location.
To adjust for compass variance,
use the following procedure:
Under certain circumstances,
such as during a long distance
cross-country trip or moving to
a new state or province, it will
be necessary to compensate for
compass variance by resetting the
zone through the DIC if the zone
is not set correctly.
Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure
This vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Compass variance is the difference
between the earth's magnetic
north and true geographic north.
1. Do not set the compass zone
when the vehicle is moving.
Only set it when the vehicle
is in P (Park).
Press T until PRESS V TO
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE
displays.
2. Find the vehicle's current
location and variance zone
number on the map.
Zones 1 through 15 are
available.
3. Press V to scroll through
and select the appropriate
variance zone.
5-5
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-6
Black plate (6,1)
Instruments and Controls
4. Press 3 until the vehicle
heading, for example, N for
North, is displayed in the DIC.
5. If calibration is necessary,
calibrate the compass.
See “Compass Calibration
Procedure” following.
Compass Calibration
The compass can be manually
calibrated. Only calibrate the
compass in a magnetically clean
and safe location, such as an
open parking lot, where driving
the vehicle in circles is not a
danger. It is suggested to calibrate
away from tall buildings, utility
wires, manhole covers, or other
industrial structures, if possible.
If CAL should ever appear in the
DIC display, the compass should
be calibrated.
If the DIC display does not show a
heading, for example, N for North,
or the heading does not change
after making turns, there may be
a strong magnetic field interfering
with the compass. Such interference
may be caused by a magnetic CB
or cell phone antenna mount, a
magnetic emergency light, magnetic
note pad holder, or any other
magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
move the magnetic item, then turn
on the vehicle and calibrate the
compass.
To calibrate the compass, use the
following procedure:
Compass Calibration Procedure
1. Before calibrating the compass,
make sure the compass zone
is set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is located.
See “Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure” earlier in this
section.
Do not operate any switches
such as window, sunroof,
climate controls, seats, etc.
during the calibration procedure.
2. Press T until PRESS V TO
CALIBRATE COMPASS
displays.
3. Press V to start the compass
calibration.
4. The DIC will display
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle
in tight circles at less than
8 km/h (5 mph) to complete
the calibration. The DIC will
display CALIBRATION
COMPLETE for a few seconds
when the calibration is complete.
The DIC display will then return
to PRESS V TO CALIBRATE
COMPASS.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls
Clock
Without Date Display
AM/FM Base Radio with a Single
CD Player
This radio has a
the time.
H button for setting
To set the time:
1. Press the H button until the hour
begins flashing on the display.
Press H a second time and the
minutes begin flashing on the
display.
2. To increase or decrease the
time, do one of the following
while the hours or minutes are
flashing:
.
Turn the
.
Press
.
f knob.
¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.
3. Press the H button again until
the clock display stops flashing
to set the currently displayed
time, or wait five seconds until
the flashing stops and the
current time displayed is
automatically set.
To change the time default setting
from 12 hour to 24 hour, press
the H button until 12H or 24H is
displayed. Once 12H or 24H is
displayed, turn the f knob to the
desired option to select the setting.
Press the H button again to apply
the setting, or let the screen
time out.
5-7
With Date Display
Single CD (MP3) Player
This radio has a
the time.
H button for setting
To set the time and date:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press the H button and the HR,
MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY (hour,
minute, month, day, and year)
display.
3. Press the pushbutton located
under any one of the tabs to be
changed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-8
Instruments and Controls
4. To increase the time or date,
do one of the following:
.
Press the pushbutton below
the selected tab.
.
Turn the
.
Press
.
f knob clockwise.
¨ SEEK.
Press \ FWD.
5. To decrease the time or date,
do one of the following:
.
Turn the f knob
counter‐clockwise.
.
Press
.
Black plate (8,1)
© SEEK.
Press s REV.
The date does not automatically
display. To see the date press
the H button while the radio is on.
The date with display times out after
a few seconds and goes back to the
normal radio and time display.
To change the time default setting
from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
change the date default setting from
month/day/year to day/month/year:
1. Press the H button and then the
pushbutton located under the
forward arrow tab. The time 12H
and 24H, and the date MM/DD/
YYYY (month, day, and year)
and DD/MM/YYYY (day, month,
and year) displays.
2. Press the pushbutton located
under the desired option.
3. Press the H or MENU button
again to apply the selected
default, or let the screen
time out.
Power Outlets
The vehicle has three 12‐volt
outlets which can be used to plug
in electrical equipment, such as a
cell phone or MP3 player.
On vehicles with a center console,
one outlet is located inside the
center floor console and two outlets
are located at the front of the
console bin under the instrument
panel.
On vehicles without a center
console, two are located under the
climate controls and another outlet
for the rear seat passengers is at
the rear of the center front seat.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
{ WARNING
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Notice: Leaving electrical
equipment plugged in for an
extended period of time while
the vehicle is off will drain the
battery. Always unplug electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.
Certain accessory plugs may not
be compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included
with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9‑48.
Notice: Hanging heavy
equipment from the power
outlet can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The power outlets are designed
for accessory power plugs only,
such as cell phone charge cords.
5-9
Cigarette Lighter
The vehicle may have a cigarette
lighter. The cigarette lighter may
be located in the console, if the
vehicle has one; otherwise, it may
be located in the center armrest of
the front seat.
Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
in while it is heating does not let
the lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter or heating
element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.
To use the lighter, just push it in all
the way and let go. When it is ready,
it will pop back out by itself.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-10
Black plate (10,1)
Instruments and Controls
Ashtrays
The vehicle may have an ashtray.
The ashtray may be located in the
console, if the vehicle has one;
otherwise, it may be located in the
center armrest of the front seat.
Notice: If papers, pins, or other
flammable items are put in the
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to
the warning lights and gauges
could prevent injury.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Follow this manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly
and even dangerous.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Uplevel Shown, Base and Metric Similar
5-11
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-12
Black plate (12,1)
Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle speed in both kilometers
per hour (km/h) and miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven in either
miles (used in the United States)
or in kilometers (used in Canada).
This vehicle has a tamper-resistant
odometer. If the odometer displays
ERROR, it probably has been
tampered with and the numbers
might not be accurate.
If the vehicle needs a new odometer
installed, it must be set to the
mileage total of the old odometer.
If that is not possible, then it will be
set at zero and a label must be put
on the driver door to show the old
mileage reading of the vehicle when
the new odometer was installed.
Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the
engine speed in revolutions
per minute (rpm).
Notice: If the engine is operated
with the tachometer in the shaded
warning area, the vehicle could
be damaged, and the damages
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not operate
the engine with the tachometer
in the shaded warning area.
English
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.
At the gas station, the gas pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.
It takes a little more or less
fuel to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the fuel tank's capacity to
fill the tank.
.
The gauge moves a little
when while turning a corner
or speeding up.
.
The gauge does not go back
to empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Metric
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the fuel tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle
the fuel door is on.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
English
5-13
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-14
Black plate (14,1)
Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
When the engine is started, a chime
sounds for several seconds to
remind a driver to fasten the safety
belt, unless the driver safety belt is
already buckled.
Metric
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature. If the
gauge pointer moves toward the
“H” (United States) or torward
the shaded thermostat (Canada),
it means that the engine coolant
has overheated. If the vehicle has
been operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑21 for more information.
The safety belt light comes on and
stays on for several seconds, then
flashes for several more.
This chime and light are repeated
if the driver remains unbuckled
and the vehicle is in motion. If the
driver safety belt is already buckled,
neither the chime nor the light
comes on.
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
Several seconds after the engine
is started, a chime sounds for
several seconds to remind the
front passenger to buckle their
safety belt. This only occurs if
the passenger airbag is enabled.
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑34 for more information.
The passenger safety belt reminder
light, located on the instrument
panel, comes on and stays on for
several seconds and then flashes
for several more.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls
Airbag Readiness Light
This chime and light are repeated if
the passenger remains unbuckled
and the vehicle is in motion.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor
the light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may
turn on if an object is put on
the seat such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device. To turn off
the reminder light and/or chime,
remove the object from the seat
or buckle the safety belt.
The system checks the airbag's
electrical system for possible
malfunctions. If the light stays
on it indicates there is an electrical
problem. The system check
includes the airbag sensor, the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System on page 3‑26.
The airbag readiness light flashes
for a few seconds when the engine
is started. If the light does not come
on then, have it fixed immediately.
5-15
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the
airbag system, an airbag Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
can also come on. See Airbag
System Messages on page 5‑36
for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-16
Black plate (16,1)
Instruments and Controls
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑34
for important safety information.
The instrument panel has a
passenger airbag status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. If you are using
remote start, if equipped, to start
the vehicle from a distance, you
may not see the system check.
Then, after several more seconds,
the status indicator will light either
ON or OFF, or either the on or off
symbol to let you know the status
of the right front passenger frontal
airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the right
front passenger frontal airbag is
enabled (may inflate).
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both
status indicator lights remain on,
or if there are no lights at all, there
may be a problem with the lights
or the passenger sensing system.
See your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑15 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls
Charging System Light
This light comes on briefly when
the ignition key is turned to START,
but the engine is not running, as a
check to show it is working.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
The light should go out once
the engine starts. If it stays on,
or comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the
charging system. A charging system
message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) can also appear.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5‑30 for more
information. This light could indicate
that there are problems with a
generator drive belt, or that there
is an electrical problem. Have it
checked right away. If the vehicle
must be driven a short distance with
the light on, turn off accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner.
5-17
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors operation
of the fuel, ignition, and emission
control systems. It ensures that
emissions are at acceptable levels
for the life of the vehicle, helping
to produce a cleaner environment.
This light should come on when the
ignition is on, but the engine is not
running, as a check to show it is
working. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-18
Black plate (18,1)
Instruments and Controls
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on and stays on while the
engine is running, this indicates
that there is an OBD II problem
and service is required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system assists
the service technician in correctly
diagnosing any malfunction.
Notice: If the vehicle is
continually driven with this
light on, after a while, the
emission controls might not
work as well, the vehicle fuel
economy might not be as good,
and the engine might not run
as smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Notice: Modifications made to the
engine, transmission, exhaust,
intake, or fuel system of the
vehicle or the replacement
of the original tires with other
than those of the same Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
affect the vehicle's emission
controls and can cause this
light to come on. Modifications
to these systems could lead
to costly repairs not covered
by the vehicle warranty. This
could also result in a failure
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance
test. See Accessories and
Modifications on page 10‑3.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.
Reduce vehicle speed.
.
Avoid hard accelerations.
.
Avoid steep uphill grades.
.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled
as soon as it is possible.
If the light continues to flash, when
it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.
Find a safe place to park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emissions system malfunction:
.
.
Make sure the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9‑39. The diagnostic
system can determine if the
fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
Make sure the electrical system
is not wet. The system could
be wet if the vehicle was driven
through a deep puddle of
water. The condition is usually
corrected when the electrical
system dries out. A few driving
trips should turn the light off.
.
Make sure to fuel the vehicle
with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality
causes the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and can
cause: stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
5-19
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Some state/provincial and
local governments may have
programs to inspect the on-vehicle
emission control equipment.
For the inspection, the emission
system test equipment is connected
to the vehicle’s Data Link
Connector (DLC).
If one or more of these
conditions occurs, change the
fuel brand used. It will require
at least one full tank of the
proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑35.
If none of the above have made
the light turn off, your dealer can
check the vehicle. The dealer
has the proper test equipment
and diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-20
Instruments and Controls
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.
.
Black plate (20,1)
The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
while the engine is off.
The critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed by
the system. This can happen
if the battery has recently
been replaced or if the battery
has run down. The diagnostic
system evaluates critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection, your dealer can
prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system
consists of two hydraulic circuits.
If one circuit is not working, the
remaining circuit can still work to
stop the vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
English
Metric
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so
it will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes
on when the parking brake is set.
The light stays on if the parking
brake does not fully release. If it
stays on after the parking brake is
fully released, it means the vehicle
has a brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to
push, or the pedal can go closer
to the floor. It may take longer to
stop. If the light is still on, have
the vehicle towed for service.
See Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑79.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls
{ WARNING
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as it is
safely possible and turn the ignition
off. Then start the engine again to
reset the system. If the ABS light
stays on, or comes on again while
driving, the vehicle needs service.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is
a problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑20.
See Brake System Messages on
page 5‑31 for all brake related DIC
messages.
5-21
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This light comes on briefly while the
engine is started. If it does not, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally the
indicator light will then go off.
This light can come on after
the vehicle is first driven and
the STABILITRAK NOT READY
message appears in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9‑31 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-22
Black plate (22,1)
Instruments and Controls
If the light stays on, or comes
on while driving a SERVICE
STABILITRAK message appears
in the DIC. This indicates that
there may be a problem with the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system and the vehicle may need
service. When this warning light is
on and the SERVICE STABILITRAK
message appears on the DIC, the
ESC system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle.
When the system is active, the light
flashes while the system is assisting
in controlling the vehicle.
See Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) on page 9‑31 and Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑35 for more information.
Traction Control System
(TCS) Warning Light
For vehicles with a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®
warning light, this light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
When the system is active, the
light flashes while the system is
limiting wheel spin or assisting
with controlling the vehicle.
If it stays on or comes on while
driving a SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL message appears in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
This indicates that there could be
a problem with the traction control
system and the vehicle may need
service. When this warning light is
on and the SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL message appears on
the DIC, the system does not limit
wheel spin.
If the traction control system is
manually turned off, this light comes
on and the TRACTION CONTROL
OFF message appears on the DIC.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑29 and Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑35
for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
Notice: Driving with the engine
coolant temperature warning light
on could cause the vehicle to
overheat. See Engine Overheating
on page 10‑21. The vehicle's
engine could be damaged, and
it might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never drive with
the engine coolant temperature
warning light on.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
is working normally the indicator
light goes off.
If this happens pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑21 for more information.
5-23
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine
is started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-24
Black plate (24,1)
Instruments and Controls
When the Light is On Steady
Engine Oil Pressure Light
This indicates that one or more
of the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A tire pressure message can
accompany the light. See Tire
Messages on page 5‑37 for more
information. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to
the pressure value shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label.
See Tire Pressure on page 10‑49
for more information.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then is On Steady
This indicates that there may be a
problem with the TPMS. The light
flashes for about a minute and
stays on steady for the remainder
of the ignition cycle. This sequence
repeats with every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑52 for
more information.
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire.
Someone could be burned. Check
the oil as soon as possible and
have the vehicle serviced.
Notice: Lack of proper engine
oil maintenance can damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
goes off.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and it might
have some other system problem.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-25
Security Light
Front Fog Lamp Light
Cruise Control Light
For information regarding this light
and the vehicle's security system,
see Anti-Theft Alarm System on
page 2‑11.
The fog lamp lights come on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The cruise control light comes on
whenever the cruise control is set.
The lights go out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6‑5 for more
information.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑32 for more
information.
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑3 for more
information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-26
Black plate (26,1)
Instruments and Controls
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
Your vehicle has a Driver
Information Center (DIC).
All messages will appear in
the DIC display located below
the speedometer in the instrument
panel cluster. The DIC buttons are
located on the instrument panel,
to the right of the instrument panel
cluster.
The DIC comes on when the ignition
is on. After a short delay, the DIC
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine
was turned off.
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and
vehicle system information, and
warning messages if a system
problem is detected. The bottom
line of the DIC shows the shift lever
position indicator. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9‑25 for
more information.
If your vehicle has these
features, the DIC also displays
the compass direction and the
outside air temperature when
viewing the trip and fuel information.
The compass direction appears
on the top right corner of the
DIC display. The outside air
temperature automatically appears
in the bottom right corner of the
DIC display. If there is a problem
with the system that controls the
temperature display, the numbers
will be replaced with dashes. If this
occurs, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
The DIC also allows some features
to be customized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑39
for more information.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by pressing
the DIC buttons located on the
instrument panel, to the right of
the instrument panel cluster.
DIC Buttons
The buttons are the trip/fuel,
vehicle information, customization,
and set/reset buttons. The button
functions are detailed in the
following pages.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls
3 (Trip/Fuel):
Press this
button to display the odometer,
trip odometers, fuel range, average
economy, instantaneous economy,
Active Fuel Management™ indicator
on vehicles with this feature, and
average speed.
T (Vehicle Information):
Press
this button to display the oil life,
units, tire pressure readings,
and compass zone and compass
calibration on vehicles with this
feature.
U (Customization):
Press
this button to customize the
feature settings on your vehicle.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑39 for more information.
V (Set/Reset): Press this button to
set or reset certain functions and to
turn off or acknowledge messages
on the DIC.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
3 (Trip/Fuel):
Press this button
to scroll through the following menu
items:
Odometer
Press the trip/fuel button until
ODOMETER displays. This display
shows the distance the vehicle has
been driven in either miles (mi) or
kilometers (km).
Trip A and Trip B
Press the trip/fuel button until
TRIP A or TRIP B displays.
This display shows the current
distance traveled in either miles (mi)
or kilometers (km) since the last
reset for each trip odometer.
Both trip odometers can be
used at the same time.
Each trip odometer can be reset
to zero separately by pressing the
set/reset button while the desired
trip odometer is displayed.
5-27
The trip odometer has a feature
called the retro-active reset. This
can be used to set the trip odometer
to the number of miles (kilometers)
driven since the ignition was last
turned on. This can be used if the
trip odometer is not reset at the
beginning of the trip.
To use the retro-active reset feature,
press and hold the set/reset button
for at least four seconds. The trip
odometer will display the number
of miles (mi) or kilometers (km)
driven since the ignition was last
turned on and the vehicle was
moving. Once the vehicle begins
moving, the trip odometer will
accumulate mileage. For example,
if the vehicle was driven 8 km
(5 miles) before it is started again,
and then the retro-active reset
feature is activated, the display
will show 8 km (5 miles). As the
vehicle begins moving, the display
will then increase to 8.2 km
(5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-28
Black plate (28,1)
Instruments and Controls
If the retro-active reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started,
but before it begins moving, the
display will show the number of
miles (mi) or kilometers (km) that
were driven during the last ignition
cycle.
number may change even though
the same amount of fuel is in the
fuel tank. This is because different
driving conditions produce different
fuel economies. Generally, freeway
driving produces better fuel
economy than city driving.
Fuel Range
If your vehicle is low on fuel,
the FUEL LEVEL LOW message
displays. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5‑34 for
more information.
Press the trip/fuel button until INST
ECONOMY displays. This display
shows the current fuel economy at a
particular moment and will change
frequently as driving conditions
change. This display shows the
instantaneous fuel economy in
miles per gallon (mpg) or liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km). Unlike
average economy, this screen
cannot be reset.
Average Economy
Average Speed
Press the trip/fuel button until
AVG ECONOMY displays. This
display shows the approximate
average miles per gallon (mpg) or
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km).
This number is calculated based
on the number of mpg (L/100 km)
recorded since the last time this
menu item was reset. To reset this
display to zero, press and hold the
set/reset button.
Press the trip/fuel button until
AVERAGE SPEED displays.
This display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in miles
per hour (mph) or kilometers
per hour (km/h). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. To reset the
value, press and hold the set/reset
button. The display will return
to zero.
Press the trip/fuel button until
FUEL RANGE displays. This
display shows the approximate
number of remaining miles (mi)
or kilometers (km) the vehicle can
be driven without refueling.
The fuel range estimate is based
on an average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining
in the fuel tank. This estimate will
change if driving conditions change.
For example, if driving in traffic and
making frequent stops, this display
may read one number, but if the
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
Instantaneous Economy
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Vehicle Information Menu
Items
T (Vehicle Information): Press
this button to scroll through the
following menu items:
Oil Life
Press the vehicle information
button until OIL LIFE REMAINING
displays. This display shows an
estimate of the oil's remaining
useful life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the display, that
means 99% of the current oil life
remains. The engine oil life system
will alert you to change the oil on
a schedule consistent with your
driving conditions.
When the remaining oil life is
low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message will appear
on the display. See Engine
Oil Messages on page 5‑33.
You should change the oil as
soon as possible. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑7. In addition
to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended
in the Maintenance Schedule
in this manual. See Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑2 for
more information.
Remember, you must reset the
OIL LIFE yourself after each oil
change. It will not reset itself. Also,
be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System on page 10‑11.
5-29
Units
Press the vehicle information
button until UNITS displays.
This display allows you to select
between English or Metric units of
measurement. Once in this display,
press the set/reset button to select
between ENGLISH or METRIC
units.
Tire Pressure
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), the
pressure for each tire can be viewed
in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
shown in either pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa). Press
the vehicle information button until
the DIC displays FRONT TIRES
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press
the vehicle information button again
until the DIC displays REAR TIRES
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-30
Black plate (30,1)
Instruments and Controls
If a low tire pressure condition
is detected by the system while
driving, a message advising you to
add air to a specific tire will appear
in the display. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49 and Tire Messages on
page 5‑37 for more information.
If the tire pressure display shows
dashes instead of a value, there
may be a problem with your vehicle.
If this consistently occurs, see your
dealer for service.
Change Compass Zone
Your vehicle may have this feature.
To change the compass zone
through the DIC, see Compass on
page 5‑5.
Calibrate Compass
Your vehicle may have this feature.
The compass can be manually
calibrated. To calibrate the compass
through the DIC, see Compass on
page 5‑5.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Vehicle Messages
Messages are displayed on the DIC
to notify the driver that the status of
the vehicle has changed and that
some action may be needed by
the driver to correct the condition.
Multiple messages may appear one
after another. Some messages may
not require immediate action, but
you can press the set/reset button
to acknowledge that you received
the message and clear it from the
DIC display. Pressing any of the
DIC buttons also acknowledges
and clears any messages. Some
messages cannot be cleared from
the DIC display because they are
more urgent. These messages
require action before they can
be cleared. You should take any
messages that appear on the
display seriously and remember
that clearing the messages will only
make the messages disappear, not
correct the problem. The following
are the possible messages that can
be displayed and some information
about them.
Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when
the system detects that the
battery voltage is dropping beyond
a reasonable level. The battery
saver system starts reducing
certain features of the vehicle that
you may be able to notice. At the
point that the features are disabled,
this message is displayed. It means
that the vehicle is trying to save the
charge in the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories to allow the battery
to recharge.
The normal battery voltage range is
11.5 to 15.5 volts.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the generator and
battery charging systems. Driving
with this problem could drain the
battery. Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Stop and turn off the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so. Have the electrical system
checked by your dealer immediately.
Brake System Messages
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
This message displays when
service is required on the brake
system. Have the brake system
serviced by your dealer as soon as
possible. The brake system warning
light also appears on the instrument
panel cluster when this message
appears on the DIC. See Brake
System Warning Light on
page 5‑20.
5-31
Door Ajar Messages
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
front passenger door is not closed
properly. Make sure that the door
is closed completely.
This message displays when the
driver door is not closed properly.
Make sure that the door is closed
completely.
HOOD OPEN
If your vehicle has the remote start
feature, this message displays when
the hood is not closed properly.
Make sure that the hood is closed
completely. See Hood on page 10‑5.
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
driver side rear door is not closed
properly. Make sure that the door
is closed completely.
RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
passenger side rear door is not
closed properly. Make sure that
the door is closed completely.
TRUNK OPEN
This message displays when the
trunk is not closed completely.
Make sure that the trunk is closed
completely. See Trunk on
page 2‑10.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-32
Black plate (32,1)
Instruments and Controls
Engine Cooling System
Messages
ENGINE HOT A/C
(Air Conditioning) OFF
This message displays when
the engine coolant becomes
hotter than the normal operating
temperature. To avoid added strain
on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor is automatically turned
off. When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the A/C operation
automatically resumes. You can
continue to drive your vehicle.
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to
avoid compressor damage.
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
Notice: If you drive your
vehicle while the engine is
overheating, severe engine
damage may occur. If an
overheat warning appears
on the instrument panel cluster
and/or DIC, stop the vehicle
as soon as possible. Do not
increase the engine speed
above normal idling speed.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑21 for more information.
Notice: If you drive the vehicle
while the engine is overheating,
severe engine damage may
occur. If an overheat warning
appears on the instrument panel
cluster and/or DIC, stop the
vehicle as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑21 for more information.
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.
This message displays along with a
continuous chime when the engine
has overheated. Stop and turn the
engine off immediately to avoid
severe engine damage. See Engine
Overheating on page 10‑21.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE A/C
(Air Conditioning) SYSTEM
This message displays when
the electronic sensors that control
the air conditioning and heating
systems are no longer working.
Have the climate control system
serviced by your dealer if you
notice a drop in heating and air
conditioning efficiency.
Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when
service is required for the vehicle.
See your dealer. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑7 and Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑2 for
more information.
Acknowledging the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message will
not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING.
That must be done at the OIL LIFE
screen under the vehicle information
menu. See “Oil Life” under Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑26 and Engine Oil Life
System on page 10‑11.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
Notice: If you drive the vehicle
while the engine oil pressure
is low, severe engine damage
may occur. If a low oil pressure
warning appears on the Driver
Information Center (DIC), stop
the vehicle as soon as possible.
Do not drive the vehicle until the
cause of the low oil pressure is
corrected. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑7 for more information.
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
The oil pressure light also appears
on the instrument panel cluster.
See Engine Oil Pressure Light on
page 5‑24.
5-33
Stop the vehicle immediately,
as engine damage can result
from driving a vehicle with low oil
pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible
when this message is displayed.
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there
is no reduction in performance,
proceed to your destination.
The performance may be reduced
the next time the vehicle is driven.
The vehicle may be driven at a
reduced speed while this message
is on, but acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-34
Black plate (34,1)
Instruments and Controls
Fuel System Messages
Key and Lock Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when your
vehicle is low on fuel. Refill the fuel
tank as soon as possible. See Fuel
Gauge on page 5‑12 and Filling
the Tank on page 9‑39 for more
information.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message may be displayed
if the gas cap is not on, or is not
fully tightened. Check the gas
cap to ensure that it is on properly.
See Filling the Tank on page 9‑39
for more information.
This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter needs to
be replaced. To replace the battery,
see “Battery Replacement” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.
Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned
off. See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1 for more information.
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned
on. See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1 for more information.
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays as a
reminder to turn off the turn signal
if you drive your vehicle for more
than about 1.2 km (0.75 mile) with
a turn signal on. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on page 6‑4.
This message displays and a chime
sounds only when the ignition is in
ON/RUN. The message will not
disappear until the turn signal is
manually turned off, or a turn is
completed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE STABILITRAK
If your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), this
message displays if there has
been a problem detected with ESC.
The ESC/TCS light also appears
on the instrument panel cluster.
See Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) on page 9‑31 for more
information.
If this message turns on while you
are driving, pull off the road as
soon as possible and stop carefully.
Try resetting the system by turning
the ignition off and then back on.
If this message still stays on or
turns back on again while you are
driving, your vehicle needs service.
Have the system inspected by your
dealer as soon as possible.
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this message
displays when the system is not
functioning properly. A warning
light also appears on the instrument
panel cluster. See Traction Control
System (TCS) Warning Light on
page 5‑22. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑29 for
more information. Have the TCS
serviced by your dealer as soon
as possible.
STABILITRAK NOT READY
If your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), this
message may display and the
ESC/TCS light on the instrument
panel cluster may be on after first
driving the vehicle and exceeding
30 km/h (19 mph) for 30 seconds.
The ESC system is not functional
until the light has turned off. See
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9‑31 for more information.
5-35
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this
message displays when the TCS
turns off. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑29 for
more information.
This message may display when
the ignition is in ON/RUN and
disappears after 10 seconds,
unless it is acknowledged or
an urgent warning appears.
Any of the following conditions may
cause the TCS to turn off:
.
The TCS is turned off by
pressing the traction control
button. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑29
for more information.
.
The battery is low.
.
There is a TCS failure.
See your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-36
Black plate (36,1)
Instruments and Controls
TRACTION CONTROL ON
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this message
displays when the TCS is turned on.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑29 for more information.
Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIR BAG
This message displays when there
is a problem with the airbag system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer immediately. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15
for more information.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Messages
Service Vehicle Messages
SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM
This message displays while
viewing the odometer or trip
odometers if there is a problem
with the instrument panel cluster.
See your dealer for service.
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system programmed in the key.
A fault has been detected in the
system which means that the
system is disabled and it is not
protecting the vehicle. The vehicle
usually restarts; however, you may
want to take the vehicle to your
dealer before turning off the engine.
See Immobilizer Operation on
page 2‑12 for more information.
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the
content theft-deterrent system has
detected a break-in attempt while
you were away from your vehicle.
See Anti-Theft Alarm System on
page 2‑11 for more information.
ERROR
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays when
a problem is detected with the
power steering system. When this
message is displayed, you may
notice that the effort required to
steer the vehicle increases or feels
heavier, but you will still be able to
steer the vehicle. Have your vehicle
serviced by your dealer immediately.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-37
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
Tire Messages
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when a
non-emissions related malfunction
occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the TPMS
is re-learning the tire positions on
your vehicle. The tire positions must
be re-learned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56,
Tire Rotation on page 10‑56,
Tire Pressure Monitor System on
page 10‑51, and Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49 for more information.
STARTING DISABLED
SERVICE THROTTLE
This message displays if the starting
of the engine is disabled due to the
electronic throttle control system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer immediately.
This message only appears while
the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will
not disappear until the problem is
resolved.
This message cannot be
acknowledged.
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on
the TPMS is not working properly.
The tire pressure light also flashes
and then remains on during the
same ignition cycle. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5‑23.
Several conditions may cause
this message to appear. See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑52 for more information.
If the warning comes on and stays
on, there may be a problem with
the TPMS. See your dealer.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-38
Black plate (38,1)
Instruments and Controls
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays LEFT FRT (left front),
RIGHT FRT (right front), LEFT RR
(left rear), or RIGHT RR (right rear)
to indicate the location of the low
tire. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5‑23.
You can receive more than one
tire pressure message at a time.
To read the other messages that
may have been sent at the same
time, press the set/reset button.
If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Have the tire pressures
checked and set to those shown
on the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Tires on page 10‑42,
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12,
and Tire Pressure on page 10‑49.
The DIC also shows the tire
pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑26.
Transmission Messages
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays when there
is a problem with the transmission.
See your dealer for service.
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
transmission fluid in your vehicle is
too hot. Stop the vehicle and allow
it to idle until it cools down. If the
warning message continues to
display, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when
the outside air temperature is
cold enough to create icy road
conditions. Adjust your driving
accordingly.
Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message displays when the
windshield washer fluid is low.
Fill the windshield washer reservoir
as soon as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for the location of the
windshield washer reservoir. Also,
see Washer Fluid on page 10‑25
for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Instruments and Controls
Vehicle
Personalization
To change customization
preferences, use the following
procedure.
Your vehicle has customization
capabilities that allow you to
program certain features to one
preferred setting. Customization
features can only be programmed
to one setting on the vehicle and
cannot be programmed to a
preferred setting for two different
drivers.
Entering the Feature
Settings Menu
All of the customization options may
not be available on your vehicle.
Only the options available will be
displayed on the DIC.
The default settings for the
customization features were set
when your vehicle left the factory,
but may have been changed from
their default state since then.
The customization preferences are
automatically recalled.
1. Turn the ignition on and place
the vehicle in P (Park).
To avoid excessive drain on the
battery, it is recommended that
the headlamps are turned off.
2. Press the customization
button to enter the feature
settings menu.
If the menu is not available,
FEATURE SETTINGS
AVAILABLE IN PARK will
display. Before entering the
menu, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park).
5-39
Feature Settings Menu Items
The following are customization
features that allow you to program
settings to the vehicle:
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
This feature will only display if a
language other than English has
been set. This feature allows you to
change the language in which the
DIC messages appear to English.
Press the customization button until
the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN
ENGLISH screen appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to display all DIC
messages in English.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-40
Black plate (40,1)
Instruments and Controls
DISPLAY LANGUAGE
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select
the language in which the DIC
messages will appear.
This feature allows you to
select whether or not to turn
off the automatic door unlocking
feature. It also allows you to
select which doors and when
the doors will automatically unlock.
See “Programmable Automatic
Door Unlock” under Automatic
Door Locks on page 2‑8 for
more information.
Press the customization button until
the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen
appears on the DIC display. Press
the set/reset button once to access
the settings for this feature. Then
press the customization button to
scroll through the following settings:
ENGLISH (default): All messages
will appear in English.
FRANCAIS: All messages will
appear in French.
ESPANOL: All messages will
appear in Spanish.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
Press the customization button until
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: None of the doors will
automatically unlock.
DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the
driver door will unlock when the key
is taken out of the ignition.
DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver
door will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors
will unlock when the key is taken
out of the ignition.
ALL IN PARK (default): All of the
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Instruments and Controls
REMOTE DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when locking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when locking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter if any of
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3 for more
information.
Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
HORN & LIGHTS OFF: There will
be no feedback when you press the
lock button on the RKE transmitter.
LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps
will flash when you press the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN ONLY: The horn will sound
on the second press of the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN & LIGHTS ON (default):
The exterior lamps will flash when
you press the lock button on the
RKE transmitter, and the horn will
sound when the lock button is
pressed again within five seconds
of the previous command.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
5-41
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when unlocking the vehicle with
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when unlocking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3 for more
information.
Press the customization button
until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
appears on the DIC display. Press
the set/reset button once to access
the settings for this feature. Then
press the customization button to
scroll through the following settings:
LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps
will not flash when you press
the unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-42
Black plate (42,1)
Instruments and Controls
LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior
lamps will flash when you press
the unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EXIT LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select
the amount of time you want
the exterior lamps to remain on
when it is dark enough outside.
This happens after the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.
Press the customization button
until EXIT LIGHTING appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
APPROACH LIGHTING
OFF: The exterior lamps will not
turn on.
Press the customization button until
APPROACH LIGHTING appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
30 SECONDS (default): The
exterior lamps will stay on for
30 seconds.
1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will
stay on for one minute.
2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will
stay on for two minutes.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior
lights turn on briefly during low
light periods after unlocking the
vehicle using the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
OFF: The exterior lights will not
turn on when you unlock the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
ON (default): If it is dark enough
outside, the exterior lights will turn
on briefly when you unlock the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Instruments and Controls
The lights will remain on for
20 seconds or until the lock button
on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
or the vehicle is no longer off.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3
for more information.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
CHIME VOLUME
This feature allows you to select the
volume level of the chime.
Press the customization button until
CHIME VOLUME appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
NORMAL: The chime volume will
be set to a normal level.
LOUD: The chime volume will be
set to a loud level.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
There is no default for chime
volume. The volume will stay
at the last known setting.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE START
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to turn the remote start
off or on. The remote start feature
allows you to start the engine from
outside of the vehicle using the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start on page 2‑5 for more
information.
5-43
Press the customization button until
REMOTE START appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: The remote start feature will
be disabled.
ON (default): The remote start
feature will be enabled.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-44
Black plate (44,1)
Instruments and Controls
FACTORY SETTINGS
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
This feature allows you to set all of
the customization features back to
their factory default settings.
This feature allows you to exit the
FEATURE SETTINGS menu.
Press the customization button until
FACTORY SETTINGS appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
RESTORE ALL (default): The
customization features will be set
to their factory default settings.
DO NOT RESTORE: The
customization features will not be
set to their factory default settings.
To select a setting, press the
set/reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
Press the customization button
until FEATURE SETTINGS
PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to exit the menu.
If you do not exit, pressing the
customization button again will
return you to the beginning of
the FEATURE SETTINGS menu.
Exiting the Feature
Settings Menu
The feature settings menu will be
exited when any of the following
occurs:
.
The vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
.
The vehicle is no longer in
ON/RUN.
.
The trip/fuel or vehicle
information DIC buttons
are pressed.
.
The end of the feature settings
menu is reached and exited.
.
A 40-second time period has
elapsed with no selection made.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote
System
See Radio Frequency
Statement on page 13‑17 for
information regarding Part 15
of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-210/220/310.
Universal Remote System
Programming
This vehicle may have the Universal
Home Remote System.
This system provides a way
to replace up to three remote
control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems,
and home automation devices.
Do not use this system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the stop and reverse feature.
This includes any garage door
opener model manufactured
before April 1, 1982.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
transmitter. Because of the steps
involved, it may be helpful to have
another person available to assist
in programming the transmitter.
5-45
Be sure to keep the original
remote control transmitter for
use in other vehicles, as well as
for future programming. Only the
original remote control transmitter
is needed for Fixed Code
programming. The programmed
buttons should be erased when the
vehicle is sold or the lease ends.
See “Erasing Universal Home
Remote Buttons” in this section.
Park the vehicle outside of the
garage when programming a garage
door. Be sure that people and
objects are clear of the garage door
or gate that is being programmed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-46
Black plate (46,1)
Instruments and Controls
Programming Universal Home
Remote — Rolling Code
For questions or help programming
the Universal Home Remote
System, call 1-866-572-2728
or go to www.learcar2u.com.
Most garage door openers sold after
1996 are Rolling Code units.
Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. From inside the vehicle,
press the two outside buttons
at the same time for one to
two seconds, and immediately
release them.
2. In the garage, locate the
garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit). Locate
the “Learn” or “Smart” button.
It can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head
unit and may be a colored
button. Press this button.
After pressing this button,
complete the following steps
in less than 30 seconds.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Instruments and Controls
3. Immediately return to the
vehicle. Press and hold the
Universal Home Remote button
that will be used to control the
garage door until the garage
door moves. The indicator
light, above the selected button,
should slowly blink. This button
may need to be held for up to
20 seconds.
4. Immediately, within one second,
release the button when
the garage door moves.
The indicator light will blink
rapidly until programming is
complete.
5. Press and release the same
button again. The garage door
should move, confirming that
programming is successful
and complete.
To program another Rolling Code
device such as an additional garage
door opener, a security device,
or home automation device, repeat
Steps 1 through 5, choosing a
different function button in Step 3
than what was used for the garage
door opener.
If these instructions do not work,
the garage door opener is probably
a Fixed Code unit. Follow the
Programming instructions that
follow for a Fixed Code garage
door opener.
5-47
Programming Universal Home
Remote — Fixed Code
For questions or help programming
the Universal Home Remote
System, call 1-866-572-2728
or go to www.learcar2u.com.
Most garage door openers sold
before 1996 are Fixed Code units.
Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-48
Black plate (48,1)
Instruments and Controls
return to the previous section
for Programming Universal
Home Remote – Rolling Code.
Your hand-held transmitter
can have between 8 to 12 dip
switches depending on the
brand of transmitter.
To program up to three devices:
1. To verify that the garage door
opener is a Fixed Code unit,
remove the battery cover on
the hand held transmitter
supplied by the manufacturer
of the garage door opener
motor. If there are a row of dip
switches similar to the graphic
above, the garage door opener
is a Fixed Code unit. If you do
not see a row of dip switches,
The garage door opener receiver
(motor head unit) could also
have a row of dip switches
that can be used when
programming the Universal
Home Remote. If the total
number of switches on the
motor head and hand-held
transmitter is different, or if the
dip switch settings are different,
use the dip switch settings on
the motor head unit to program
the Universal Home Remote.
The motor head dip switch
settings can also be used
when the original hand held
transmitter is not available.
Example of Eight Dip Switches
with Two Positions
Example of Eight Dip Switches
with Three Positions
The panel of switches might not
appear exactly as they do in
the examples above, but they
should be similar.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Instruments and Controls
The switch positions on the
hand-held transmitter could be
labeled, as follows:
.
A switch in the up position
could be labeled as “Up,”
“+,” or “On.”
.
A switch in the down
position could be labeled
as “Down,” “−,” or “Off.”
.
A switch in the middle
position could be labeled as
“Middle,” “0,” or “Neutral.”
2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch
settings from left to right as
follows:
.
When a switch is in the up
position, write “Left.”
.
When a switch is in the
down position, write “Right.”
.
5-49
If a switch is set between
the up and down position,
write “Middle.”
The switch settings written
down in Step 2 will now
become the button strokes
to be entered into the
Universal Home Remote in
Step 4. Be sure to enter the
switch settings written down
in Step 2, in order from left
to right, into the Universal
Home Remote, when
completing Step 4.
3. From inside your vehicle, first
firmly press all three buttons
at the same time for about
three seconds. Release
the buttons to put the
Universal Home Remote
into programming mode.
A. Left Button
("Up," "+," or "On.")
B. Middle Button
("Middle," "0," or "Neutral.")
C. Right Button
("Down," "-," or "Off.")
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-50
Instruments and Controls
4. The indicator lights will blink
slowly. Enter each switch
setting from Step 2 into your
vehicle's Universal Home
Remote. You will have two and
one-half minutes to complete
Step 4. Now press one button on
the Universal Home Remote for
each switch setting as follows:
.
If you wrote “Left,” press
the left button in the
vehicle.
.
If you wrote “Right,” press
the right button in the
vehicle.
.
Black plate (50,1)
If you wrote “Middle,” press
the middle button in the
vehicle.
5. After entering all of the switch
positions, again, firmly press and
release all three buttons at the
same time. The indicator lights
will turn on.
8. Press and release the same
button again. The garage door
should move, confirming that
programming is successful and
complete.
6. Press and hold the button
that will be used to control
the garage door until the garage
door moves. The indicator
light above the selected button
should slowly blink. This button
may need to be held for up to
55 seconds.
To program another Fixed Code
device such as an additional garage
door opener, a security device,
or home automation device, repeat
Steps 1 through 8, choosing a
different button in Step 6 than what
was used for the garage door
opener.
7. Immediately release the button
when the garage door moves.
The indicator light will blink
rapidly until programming is
complete.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System
Operation
Erasing Universal Home
Remote Buttons
Press and hold the appropriate
button for at least half of a second.
The indicator light will come on
while the signal is being transmitted.
The programmed buttons should be
erased when the vehicle is sold or
the lease ends.
Reprogramming Universal
Home Remote Buttons
Any of the three buttons can be
reprogrammed by repeating the
instructions.
To erase either Rolling Code or
Fixed Code on the Universal Home
Remote device:
1. Press and hold the 2 outside
buttons at the same time for
approximately 20 seconds,
until the indicator lights, located
directly above the buttons, begin
to blink rapidly.
2. Once the indicator lights begin
to blink, release both buttons.
The codes from all buttons will
be erased.
For help or information on the
Universal Home Remote System,
call the customer assistance phone
number under Customer Assistance
Offices on page 13‑3.
5-51
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
5-52
Black plate (52,1)
Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Lighting
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Exterior Lighting
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-6
Exterior Lamp Controls
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . .
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . .
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . . .
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-7
6-7
6-8
The exterior lamps control is located
on the instrument panel to the left of
the steering wheel.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
6-2
Black plate (2,1)
Lighting
It controls the following systems:
.
Headlamps
.
Taillamps
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically
turns on the headlamps at normal
brightness, together with the
following:
.
Parking Lamps
.
Parking Lamps
.
License Plate Lamps
.
Instrument Panel Lights
.
Instrument Panel Lights
.
Taillamps
.
Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
.
License Plate Lamps
The exterior lamps control has
four positions:
O (Off): Turns off the automatic
headlamps and daytime running
lamps (DRL). Turning the headlamp
control to the off position again
will turn the automatic headlamps
or DRL back on. For vehicles first
sold in Canada, the off position only
works when the vehicle is shifted
into the P (Park) position.
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on
the parking lamps together with the
following:
.
Instrument Panel Lights
.
Taillamps
.
License Plate Lamps
2 (Headlamps):
Turns on the
headlamps together with the
following lamps listed below.
When the headlamps are turned
on while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps will turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps
are turned on while the vehicle is
off, the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before automatically
turning off to prevent the battery
from being drained. Turn the
headlamp control to off and then
back to the headlamp on position
to make the headlamps stay on
for an additional 10 minutes.
.
Parking Lamps
.
Taillamps
.
License Plate Lamps
.
Instrument Panel Lights
# (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped):
Turns on the fog lamps.
See Fog Lamps on page 6‑5.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Lighting
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
To change the headlamps from low
beam to high beam, push the turn
signal/multifunction lever away
from you.
This instrument panel cluster
light 3 comes on if the high‐beam
lamps are turned on while the
ignition is in ON/RUN.
To change the headlamps from high
beam to low beam, pull the turn
signal lever toward you.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)/Automatic
Headlamp System
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
Fully functional daytime running
lamps are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on
at a reduced brightness when
the following conditions are met:
.
The ignition is in the ON/RUN
position.
.
The exterior lamps control is
in AUTO.
.
The engine is running.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to
the vehicle ahead that you want
to pass.
If the headlamps are off or in
the low‐beam position, pull the
turn signal lever toward you to
momentarily switch to high beams.
Release the lever to turn the
high-beam headlamps off.
6-3
When the DRL are on, the regular
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,
and other lamps are not on.
The instrument panel and cluster
are also not on.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings.
The other lamps that come on
with the headlamps will also
come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.
Do not cover the light sensor on top
of the instrument panel because it
works with the DRL.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
6-4
Black plate (4,1)
Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers
The hazard warning flashers let
you warn others that you have a
problem.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
The hazard warning flasher button
is located on top of the steering
column.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
| : Press to make the front and
rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. Press the button again to turn
the flashers off.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly
or does not come on, a signal bulb
might be burned out.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the turn signals will
not work.
An arrow on the instrument panel
cluster will flash in the direction of
the turn or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb
is not burned out, check the fuse.
See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 10‑38.
Turn Signal On Chime
If either one of the turn signals are
left on and the vehicle has been
driven more than 1.2 km (0.75 mile),
a chime will sound.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Lighting
Fog Lamps
# (Fog Lamps):
For vehicles
with fog lamps, the button is located
on the exterior lamps control.
The exterior lamps control is located
on the instrument panel to the left
of the steering column.
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
come on.
Press # to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument panel cluster.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also
go off.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
D (Instrument Panel
Brightness): The knob with this
symbol on it is located next to the
exterior lamps control to the left of
the steering wheel. Push the knob
in all the way until it extends out
and then turn the knob clockwise
or counterclockwise to brighten or
dim the lights. Push the knob back
in when finished.
6-5
Courtesy Lamps
When a door is opened, the
courtesy lamps automatically
come on. They make it easy
for you to enter and leave your
vehicle. You can also manually
turn these lamps on by fully turning
the instrument panel brightness
control clockwise.
The reading lamps, located on the
rearview mirror, can be turned on
or off independent of the automatic
courtesy lamps, when the doors are
closed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
6-6
Black plate (6,1)
Lighting
Dome Lamps
The center mounted dome lamp
overhead comes on when a door
is opened. This lamp can also be
turned on by turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise.
Reading Lamps
The vehicle has reading lamps that
also act as the dome lamp. Press
the button near each lamp to turn
them on and off.
Map Lamps
The vehicle has map lamps on the
rearview mirror. Press the button
near each lamp on the mirror to
turn the map lamps on and off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
For vehicles with courtesy lamps,
they come on and stay on for a set
time whenever the unlock symbol
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
If a door is opened, the lamps stay
on while it is open and then turn off
automatically about 20 seconds
after the door is closed. If the unlock
symbol is pressed and no door is
opened, the lamps turn off after
about 20 seconds.
Entry lighting includes a feature
called theater dimming. With theater
dimming, the lamps do not turn
off at the end of the delay time.
Instead, they slowly dim and then
go out. The delay time is canceled
if the ignition key is turned to
ON/RUN or the power door lock
switch is pressed. The lamps will
dim right away.
When the ignition is on, illuminated
entry is inactive, which means the
courtesy lamps will not come on
unless a door is opened.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Lighting
6-7
Delayed Entry Lighting
Delayed Exit Lighting
Parade Dimming
Delayed entry lighting illuminates
the interior for a period of time after
all the doors have been closed.
This feature illuminates the interior
for a period of time after the key is
removed from the ignition.
The ignition must be off for delayed
entry lighting to work. Immediately
after all the doors have been closed,
the delayed entry lighting feature
continues to work until one of the
following occurs:
The ignition must be off for delayed
exit lighting to work. When the key
is removed, interior illumination
activates and remains on until
one of the following occurs:
Parade mode automatically prohibits
the dimming of the instrument panel
displays during the daylight while
the headlamps are on so that the
displays are still able to be seen.
.
The ignition is in ON/RUN.
.
The doors are locked.
.
An illumination period of about
25 seconds has elapsed.
If during the illumination period
a door is opened, the timed
illumination period is canceled
and the interior lamps remain on.
.
The ignition is in ON/RUN.
.
The power door locks are
activated.
.
An illumination period of
20 seconds has elapsed.
If during the illumination period
a door is opened, the timed
illumination period will be canceled
and the interior lamps will remain
on because a door is open.
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of
charge is low, the voltage is raised
slightly to quickly bring the charge
back up. When the state of charge
is high, the voltage is lowered
slightly to prevent overcharging.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
6-8
Black plate (8,1)
Lighting
If the vehicle has a voltmeter gauge
or a voltage display on the Driver
Information Center (DIC), you may
see the voltage move up or down.
This is normal. If there is a problem,
an alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning
fast enough at idle to produce
all the power that is needed for
very high electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on,
such as: headlamps, high beams,
fog lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged
into accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed
to generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur
in steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to
the driver. If so, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message might be
displayed, such as BATTERY
SAVER ACTIVE. If this messages
displays, it is recommended that
the driver reduce the electrical loads
as much as possible. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑26.
Battery Power Protection
This feature helps prevent the
battery from being drained, if the
interior courtesy lamps, reading/
map lamps, visor vanity lamps,
or trunk lamp are accidentally left
on. If any of these lamps are left
on, they automatically turn off after
10 minutes, if the ignition is off.
The lamps will not come back on
again until one of the following
occurs:
.
The ignition is turned on.
.
The exterior lamps control is
turned off, then on again.
The headlamps will time out after
10 minutes, if they are manually
turned on with the ignition on or off.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-15
Introduction
Infotainment
Determine which radio the vehicle
has and read the following pages to
become familiar with its features.
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road
for extended periods could
cause a crash resulting in
injury or death to you or others.
Do not give extended attention to
entertainment tasks while driving.
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
This system provides access to
many audio and non-audio listings.
7-1
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
.
Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
.
Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset
radio stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9‑2.
Notice: Contact your dealer
before adding any equipment.
Adding audio or communication
equipment could interfere with
the operation of the engine,
radio, or other systems, and
could damage them. Follow
federal rules covering mobile
radio and telephone equipment.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-2
Black plate (2,1)
Infotainment System
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned
off. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9‑21 for
more information.
Operation
Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock® is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it
is stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.
Radio with CD (Base)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System
7-3
Using the Radio
O (Power/Volume):
Press to turn
the system on and off. Turn to
increase or decrease the volume.
(Information): Press to switch the
display between the radio station
frequency and the time. While the
ignition is off, press this button to
display the time.
Radio with CD (MP3)
The vehicle has one of these radios
as its infotainment system.
Softkeys
The Radio with CD (MP3) has six
softkeys located below the radio
display. Softkeys are used to control
functions that appear on the radio
display as tabs directly above the
softkeys.
Speed Compensated Volume
(SCV): Radios with the Speed
Compensated Volume (SCV)
feature automatically adjust the
radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise as the vehicle
speeds up or slows down, so that
the volume level is consistent.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-4
Black plate (4,1)
Infotainment System
To adjust the bass or treble:
Setting the Tone
(Bass/Midrange/Treble)
Radio with CD (MP3)
2. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
1. Press the f knob until Bass or
Treble displays.
3. Press the softkey under the
AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio
display.
BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange,
or Treble): To adjust the bass,
midrange, or treble:
2. To adjust the setting, do one of
the following:
1. Press the f knob until the tone
control tabs display.
To activate SCV:
1. Set the radio volume to the
desired level.
4. Press the softkey under the
desired Speed Compensated
Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med,
or High) to select the level of
radio volume compensation.
The display times out after
approximately 10 seconds.
Each higher setting allows
for more radio volume
compensation at faster
vehicle speeds.
Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)
Radio with CD
.
Turn the
.
Press
.
f knob.
¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.
EQ (Equalization): Press this
button to choose bass and treble
equalization settings designed
for different types of music.
Selecting MANUAL or changing
bass or treble, returns the EQ to
the manual bass and treble settings.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.
2. Highlight the desired tone
control tab by doing one of
the following:
f knob.
.
Press the
.
Press the softkey under the
desired tab.
3. Adjust the setting by doing one
of the following:
.
Turn the f knob clockwise
or counterclockwise.
.
Press
.
¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System
If a station's frequency is weak or if
there is static, decrease the treble.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.
To quickly adjust bass, midrange,
or treble to the middle position,
press the softkey positioned under
the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for
more than two seconds. A beep
sounds and the level adjusts to
the middle position.
If the radio has a Bose® audio
system, the EQ settings are either
MANUAL or TALK.
To quickly adjust all tone and
speaker controls to the middle
position, press the f knob for
more than two seconds until a
beep sounds.
1. Press the ` button or press
the f knob until the speaker
control label displays.
EQ (Equalization): Press this
button to choose bass and treble
equalization settings designed for
different types of music. Selecting
MANUAL or changing bass or treble
returns the EQ to the manual bass
and treble settings.
7-5
Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade) Radio with
CD (MP3)
BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade):
To adjust the balance or fade:
Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade) Radio with CD
1. Press the f knob until the
speaker control tabs display.
To adjust the balance or fade:
2. Highlight the desired speaker
control tab by doing one of the
following:
2. To adjust the setting, do one of
the following:
.
Turn the
.
Press
.
f knob.
¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.
f knob.
.
Press the
.
Press the softkey under the
desired tab.
3. Adjust the setting by doing one
of the following:
.
Turn the f knob clockwise
or counterclockwise.
.
Press
.
¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-6
Black plate (6,1)
Infotainment System
To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press the f knob for more than
two seconds.
Radio
If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is
turned on, the radio disables FADE
and mutes the rear speakers.
Radio Data System (RDS)
Radio Messages
Calibration Error: Displays if
the radio is no longer calibrated
properly for the vehicle. The vehicle
must be returned to your dealer for
service.
Loc or Locked: Displays when the
TheftLock® system has activated.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
If any error occurs repeatedly or
if an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer.
AM-FM Radio
The radio may have RDS. The RDS
feature is available for use only on
FM stations that broadcast RDS
information. This system relies upon
receiving specific information from
these stations and only works when
the information is available. While
the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS
station, the station name or call
letters display. In rare cases, a radio
station could broadcast incorrect
information that causes the radio
features to work improperly. If this
happens, contact the radio station.
4 (Information) (RDS Features):
For vehicles with RDS features,
press 4 to display additional
text information related to
the current FM-RDS station.
If information is available, the
song title information displays
on the top line of the display and
artist information displays on the
bottom line. When information is
not available, “NO INFO” displays.
Auto Text (RDS Features): If
additional information is available
for the current song being played,
Auto Text will automatically
page/scroll the information
every three seconds above the
FAV presets on the radio display.
By default, Auto Text is enabled.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System
To change the Auto Text setting:
1. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
© SEEK:
Press to seek or scan
stations with a strong signal in the
selected band.
7-7
¨ SEEK:
Press to seek or scan
stations with a strong signal in the
selected band.
2. Press the softkey under
AUTO TXT tab on the radio
display.
.
To seek stations, press and
release © SEEK to go to the
previous station and stay there.
.
To seek stations, press and
release ¨ SEEK to go to the
next station and stay there.
3. Press the softkey under the ON
or OFF tab on the radio display.
.
To scan stations, press and hold
© SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press © SEEK again to
stop scanning.
.
To scan stations, press and hold
¨ SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press ¨ SEEK again to
stop scanning.
.
To scan preset stations in the
selected band, press and hold
© SEEK for four seconds until a
double beep sounds. The radio
goes to a stored preset, plays
for a few seconds, then goes
to the next stored preset. Press
© SEEK again to stop scanning
preset stations.
.
To scan preset stations in the
selected band, press and hold
¨ SEEK for four seconds until a
double beep sounds. The radio
goes to a stored preset, plays
for a few seconds, then goes
to the next stored preset. Press
¨ SEEK again to stop scanning
preset stations.
If 4 is pressed and the song title
or artist information is longer
than what can be displayed, the
extra information will page every
three seconds when Auto Text
is activated.
Finding a Station
BAND: Press to choose
between FM1, FM2, AM, or XM™
(if equipped) on the Radio with CD
(Base). Press to choose between
FM, AM, XM (if equipped) on the
Radio with CD (MP3).
f (Tune): Turn to select radio
stations.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-8
Black plate (8,1)
Infotainment System
Storing Radio Stations
Drivers are encouraged to store
radio station while the vehicle is
parked. See Defensive Driving on
page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio
stations using the presets, favorites
button, and steering wheel controls,
if the vehicle has this feature.
Radios that have a FAV button
store radio stations as favorites, up
to 36 stations can be programmed
as favorites using the 6 softkeys
below the radio station frequency
tabs and by using the FAV button.
Press the FAV button to go through
up to 6 pages of favorites, each
having 6 favorite stations available
per page. Each page of favorites
can contain any combination of AM,
FM, or XM, if equipped, stations.
Radios that do not have a
FAV button store radio stations
as presets, up to 18 stations
(6 FM1, 6 FM2, and 6 AM), can be
programmed on the 6 numbered
pushbuttons.
Storing a Radio Station as a
Preset, Radio with CD (Base)
3. Press and hold one of the
6 softkeys until a beep sounds.
Radios that have numbered
pushbuttons store radio stations
as presets.
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to
store additional radio stations.
Up to 18 stations (6 FM1, 6 FM2,
and 6 AM), can be programmed
on the six numbered buttons.
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
To store preset stations:
1. Press the MENU button.
1. Tune to a radio station.
2. Press the softkey located below
the FAV 1-6 tab.
2. Press and hold one of the
6 numbered pushbuttons for
3 seconds until a beep sounds.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to store
additional radio stations.
Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite, Radio with CD (MP3)
Radios that have a FAV button store
radio stations as favorites.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station will
be stored.
3. Select the number of favorites
pages by pressing the softkey
located below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press the FAV button, or let
the menu time out, to return
to the original main radio
screen showing the radio
station frequency tabs and
to begin the process of
programming favorites.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System
Satellite Radio
XM™ Satellite Radio Service
XM is a satellite radio service
that is based in the 48 contiguous
United States and 10 Canadian
provinces. XM Satellite Radio
has a wide variety of programming
and commercial-free music,
coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality
sound. A service fee is required
to receive the XM service. If XM
Service needs to be reactivated, the
radio will display “No Subscription
Please Renew” on channel XM1.
For more information, contact
XM at www.xmradio.com or
call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.
and www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
7-9
4 (Information) (XM Satellite
To change the Auto Text setting:
Radio Service): For vehicles
with XM, press 4 to display
additional text information
related to the current XM channel.
If information is available, the
song title information displays
on the top line of the display and
artist information displays on the
bottom line. When information is
not available, “NO INFO” displays.
1. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
Auto Text (Satellite Radio
Service): If additional information
is available for the current song
being played, Auto Text will
automatically page/scroll the
information every three seconds
above the FAV presets on the
radio display. By default, Auto
Text is enabled.
2. Press the softkey under
AUTO TXT tab on the radio
display.
3. Press the softkey under the ON
or OFF tab on the radio display.
If 4 is pressed and the song title
or artist information is longer
than what can be displayed, the
extra information will page every
three seconds when Auto Text is
activated.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-10
Black plate (10,1)
Infotainment System
Finding an XM Channel
BAND: Press to switch between
AM, FM, or XM, if equipped.
s REV:
Press to go to the
previous XM category.
2. Press either of the two softkeys
below the desired category tab
to immediately tune to the first
XM station in that category.
f (Tune):
\ FWD: Press to go to the next
XM category.
© SEEK:
Finding a Category (CAT)
Channel
To go to the previous or next XM
station in the selected category,
do one of the following:
To find XM channels in a category:
.
Turn the
.
Press the softkey below the
right or left arrows in the
category tab.
.
Press
Turn to manually select
an XM channel.
Press to go to the
previous XM channel.
.
To scan stations, press and hold
© SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a cahnnel, plays for a
few seconds, then goes to the
next station. Press © SEEK
again to stop scanning.
¨ SEEK:
Press to go to the next
XM channel.
.
To scan stations, press and hold
¨ SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press ¨ SEEK again to
stop scanning.
1. Press the CAT button to display
the category tabs. Continue
pressing the CAT button until the
desired category name displays.
.
Radios with CD and DVD
can also navigate the
category list by pressing
the \ FWD or the s REV
button.
f knob.
© SEEK or ¨ SEEK.
3. To exit the category search
mode, press the FAV button
or BAND button to display the
favorites again.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System
Adding and Removing Categories
Storing XM Channels
Categories cannot be added or
removed while the vehicle is moving
faster than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Drivers are encouraged to store
radio station while the vehicle is
parked. See Defensive Driving on
page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio
stations using the presets, favorites
button, and steering wheel controls,
if the vehicle has this feature.
To add or remove a category:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the softkey located below
the XM CAT tab.
3. Turn the f knob to display the
category you want to add or
remove.
4. Press the softkey located under
the Add or Remove tab.
To restore all removed
categories, press the softkey
under the Restore All tab.
5. Repeat the steps to remove
more categories.
Up to 36 stations can be
programmed as favorites using
the 6 softkeys below the radio
station frequency tabs and by
using the FAV button. Press the
FAV button to go through up to
6 pages of favorites, each having
6 favorite stations available per
page. Each page of favorites can
contain any combination of AM,
FM, or XM, if equipped, stations.
7-11
Storing an XM Channel as a
Favorite
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to an XM channel.
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station will
be stored.
3. Press and hold one of the
6 softkeys until a beep sounds.
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to
store additional radio stations.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-12
Black plate (12,1)
Infotainment System
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the softkey located below
the FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the number of favorites
pages by pressing the softkey
located below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press the FAV button, or let
the menu time out, to return
to the original main radio
screen showing the radio
station frequency tabs and
to begin the process of
programming favorites.
XM Radio Messages
XL (Explicit Language
Channels): These channels,
or any others, can be blocked at
a customer's request, by calling
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and
1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
XM Updating: The encryption
code in the receiver is being
updated, and no action is required.
This process should take no longer
than 30 seconds.
No XM Signal: The system
is functioning correctly, but the
vehicle is in a location that is
blocking the XM signal. When
the vehicle is moved into an open
area, the signal should return.
Loading XM: The audio system is
acquiring and processing audio and
text data. No action is needed. This
message should disappear shortly.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
Channel Unauth : This channel is
blocked or cannot be received with
your XM subscription package.
Channel Unavail: This previously
assigned channel is no longer
assigned. Tune to another station.
If this station was one of the
presets, choose another station
for that preset button.
No Artist Info: No artist
information is available at this
time on this channel. The system
is working properly.
No Title Info: No song title
information is available at this
time on this channel. The system
is working properly.
No CAT Info: No category
information is available at this
time on this channel. The system
is working properly.
No Information: No text or
informational messages are
available at this time on this
channel. The system is working
properly.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System
No Subscription Please Renew:
XM subscription needs to be
reactivated. Contact XM at
www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.
and www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
CAT Not Found: There are no
channels available for the selected
category. The system is working
properly.
XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver
in the vehicle could have previously
been in another vehicle. For security
purposes, XM receivers cannot be
swapped between vehicles. If this
message is received after having
the vehicle serviced, check with
your dealer.
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the
XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label.
This label is needed to activate
the service.
Unknown: If this message is
received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
Check Antenna: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver or antenna
could have a fault. Consult with
your dealer.
Check XM Receivr: If this
message does not clear within a
short period of time, the receiver
could have a fault. Consult with
your dealer.
XM Not Available: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
7-13
Radio Reception
Frequency interference and
static can occur during normal
radio reception if items such
as cell phone chargers, vehicle
convenience accessories, and
external electronic devices are
plugged into the accessory power
outlet. If there is interference or
static, unplug the item from the
accessory power outlet.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere
with each other. For better radio
reception, most AM radio stations
boost the power levels during the
day, and then reduce these levels
during the night. Static can also
occur when things like storms and
power lines interfere with radio
reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on the radio.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-14
Black plate (14,1)
Infotainment System
FM Stereo
Cellular Phone Usage
FM signals only reach about
16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although
the radio has a built-in electronic
circuit that automatically works to
reduce interference, some static
can occur, especially around tall
buildings or hills, causing the
sound to fade in and out.
Cellular phone usage may cause
interference with the vehicle's
radio. This interference may occur
when making or receiving phone
calls, charging the phone's battery,
or simply having the phone on.
This interference causes an
increased level of static while
listening to the radio. If static is
received while listening to the
radio, unplug the cellular phone
and turn it off.
XM™ Satellite Radio Service
XM Satellite Radio Service gives
digital radio reception from coast
to coast in the 48 contiguous
United States, and in Canada.
Just as with FM, tall buildings or
hills can interfere with satellite radio
signals, causing the sound to fade
in and out. In addition, traveling
or standing under heavy foliage,
bridges, garages, or tunnels may
cause loss of the XM signal for a
period of time.
Backglass Antenna
The AM-FM antenna is integrated
with the rear window defogger,
located in the rear window. Make
sure that the inside surface of the
rear window is not scratched and
that the lines on the glass are not
damaged. If the inside surface is
damaged, it could interfere with
radio reception. For proper radio
reception, the antenna connector
needs to be properly attached to
the post on the glass.
If a cellular telephone antenna
needs to be attached to the glass,
make sure that the grid lines for the
AM-FM antenna are not damaged.
There is enough space between
the grid lines to attach a cellular
telephone antenna without
interfering with radio reception.
Notice: Using a razor blade or
sharp object to clear the inside
rear window can damage the rear
window antenna and/or the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System
Notice: Do not apply aftermarket
glass tinting with metallic film.
The metallic film in some tinting
materials will interfere with
or distort the incoming radio
reception. Any damage caused
to your backglass antenna due
to metallic tinting materials will
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Satellite Radio Antenna
The XM Satellite Radio antenna
is located on the roof of the
vehicle. Keep the antenna clear
of obstructions for clear radio
reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
performance of the XM system
(if equipped) may be affected if
the sunroof is open.
Audio Players
CD Player
Some CD players can play MP3
CD-R or CD-RW discs. See “MP3”
later in this section for more
information.
The CD player can play the smaller
8 cm (3 in) single discs with an
adapter ring.
Care of the CD Player
Do not add labels to a disc. It could
get caught in the CD player. Use a
marking pen to write on the top of
the disc if a description is needed.
Do not use CD lens cleaners.
They could damage the CD player.
7-15
Notice: If a label is added to a
CD, more than one CD is inserted
into the slot at a time, or an
attempt is made to play scratched
or damaged CDs, the CD player
could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in
good condition without any label,
load one CD at a time, and keep
the CD player and the loading slot
free of foreign materials, liquids,
and debris.
If an error displays, see “CD
Messages” later in this section.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-16
Black plate (16,1)
Infotainment System
Care of CDs
Store a disc in its original case or
a protective case and away from
direct sunlight and dust. If the
bottom of a disc is damaged it may
not play properly or at all. Do not
touch the bottom of a disc while
handling it, pick it up by grasping
the outer edges or the edge of the
hole and the outer edge.
If the surface of a disc is dirty, take
a soft, lint‐free cloth or dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral
detergent solution mixed with water,
and clean it. Make sure the wiping
process starts from the center to
the edge.
Inserting a Disc
Insert the disc partway into the slot,
label side up. The player pulls it in
and the disc begins playing.
Use an adapter ring when playing
the smaller 8 cm (3 in) discs.
Smaller discs with the adapter
ring are loaded the same way
as a full-size disc.
Ejecting a Disc
Z EJECT:
Press to eject the
disc. If the disc is not removed after
several seconds, the CD player
automatically pulls the disc back in.
Playing a CD
When a CD is inserted into the
player, the CD symbol displays.
As each new track starts to play,
the track number displays.
If the ignition or radio is turned off
when a CD is in the player, the CD
stays in the player. If the ignition
or radio is turned on when a CD is
in the player, the CD starts to play
where it stopped, if it was the last
selected audio source.
Buttons and Knobs
The buttons and knobs on the radio
control the following features.
f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on
the CD.
© SEEK:
Press to go to the start
of the current track, if more than
10 seconds have played. Press
and hold or press multiple times
to continue moving backward
through the tracks on the CD.
¨ SEEK:
Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through the tracks on
the CD.
s REV (Reverse): Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly within a
track. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
track displays. Release to resume
playing the track.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System
\ FWD (Fast Forward):
Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly within a track. Sound is
heard at a reduced volume and
the elapsed time of the track
displays. Release to resume
playing the track.
Softkeys
4 (Information):
Press to display
available additional information
about the current track.
RDM (Random): Tracks can be
listened to in random, rather than
sequential order.
BAND: Press to listen to the radio
while a CD is playing. The CD
remains inside the CD player.
To use random:
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press
to play a CD while listening to the
radio or a portable audio device.
Press this button again and the
system automatically searches for
an auxiliary input device, such as a
portable audio player. If a portable
audio player is not connected,
No Aux Input Device Found may
display.
The six softkeys below the radio
display are used to control functions
that display as tabs.
The softkeys below the radio display
control the following features.
7-17
The radio can also play discs that
contain both uncompressed CD
audio and MP3 files. When a disc
contains both types of audio, the CD
player reads all MP3 files first, then
the uncompressed CD audio files.
Supported File and Folder
Structure
The radio supports:
.
Up to 50 folders.
.
Up to 8 folders in depth.
.
Up to 50 playlists.
.
2. Press the softkey again to turn
off random play.
Up to 255 files.
.
Playlists with an .m3u or
.wpl extension.
MP3 Supported Files
.
Files with an .mp3 or .cda file
extension.
1. Press the softkey below the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays.
The Radio with CD (MP3) has the
capability of playing an MP3 CD-R
or CD-RW disc.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-18
Black plate (18,1)
Infotainment System
Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. Files are stored in the root
directory when the disc or storage
device does not contain folders.
Files accessed from the root
directory of a disc display as
F1 ROOT.
Empty Folder
Folders that do not contain files are
skipped, and the player advances to
the next folder that contains files.
File Naming
The song name that displays is the
song name that is contained in the
ID3 tag. If the song name is not
present in the ID3 tag, then the
radio displays the file name without
the file extension as the track name.
Track names longer than
32 characters or 4 pages are
shortened. The display does not
show parts of words on the last
page of text and the extension
of the filename is not displayed.
Playing an MP3
Order of Play
Tracks are played in the following
order:
.
Play begins from the first track
in the first playlist and continues
sequentially through all tracks
in each playlist. When the last
track of the last playlist has
played, play continues from
the first track of the first playlist.
.
Play begins from the first track
in the first folder and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each folder. When the last track
of the last folder has played,
play continues from the first
track of the first folder.
Playlists
Discs that have playlists that
were created using WinAmp™,
MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™
software can be accessed; however,
there is no playlist editing capability
using the radio. These playlists are
treated as special folders containing
compressed audio song files.
When playback starts from a new
folder, the new track name displays
unless folder mode has been
chosen as the default display, then
the new folder name displays.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System
Buttons and Knobs
The buttons and knobs on the radio
control the following features.
f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files
on the disc.
© SEEK:
Press to go to the start of
the track, if more than 10 seconds
have played. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.
¨ SEEK:
Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.
s REV (Reverse): Press and
hold to reverse playback quickly.
Sound is heard at a reduced volume
and the elapsed time of the track
displays. Release s REV to
resume playing.
\ FWD (Fast Forward):
7-19
Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
track displays. Release \ FWD to
resume playing.
Softkeys
4 (Information):
Press to display
available additional information
about the current track.
S c (Previous Folder): Press
the softkey below S c to go to the
BAND: Press to listen to the
radio while an MP3 disc is playing.
The MP3 disc remains inside the
CD player.
c T (Next Folder): Press the
softkey below c T to go to the
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
play an MP3 disc while listening to
the radio or a portable audio device.
Press this button again and the
system automatically searches for
an auxiliary input device, such as a
portable audio player. If a portable
audio player is not connected,
No Aux Input Device Found may
display.
RDM (Random): MP3 files can
be listened to on a CD in random,
rather than sequential order.
To use random:
The six softkeys below the radio
display are used to control functions
that display as tabs.
The softkeys below the radio display
control the following features.
first track in the previous folder.
first track in the next folder.
1. Press the softkey under the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays to play songs from
the current CD in random order.
2. Press the same softkey again to
turn off random play.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-20
Black plate (20,1)
Infotainment System
h (Music Navigator): Press the
softkey below h to have the files
To change from playback by artist to
playback by album:
played in order by artist or album.
The player scans the disc to sort
the files by artist and album ID3 tag
information. It can take several
minutes to scan the disc depending
on the number of files on the disc.
The radio may begin playing while
it is scanning in the background.
1. Press the softkey located below
the Sort By tab.
When the scan is finished, the
disc begins playing files in order
by artist. The current artist playing
is shown on the second line of the
display. Once all songs by that artist
are played, the player moves to the
next artist in alphabetical order and
begins playing files by that artist.
To listen to files by another artist,
press the softkey located below
either arrow tab. The disc goes
to the next or previous artist in
alphabetical order. Continue
pressing either softkey below the
arrow tab until the desired artist
displays.
2. Press one of the softkeys below
the Album tab from the sort
screen.
3. Press the softkey below the
Back tab to return to the main
music navigator screen.
The album name displays on the
second line between the arrows
and songs from the current album
begins to play. Once all songs
from that album have played, the
player moves to the next album in
alphabetical order on the disc and
begins playing MP3 files from that
album.
To exit music navigator mode, press
the softkey below the Back tab to
return to normal MP3 playback.
CD Player Messages
CHECK DISC: If an error message
displays and/or the disc comes out,
it could be for one of the following
reasons:
.
The CD player is very hot.
When the temperature returns
to normal, the disc should play.
.
The road is very rough. When
the road becomes smoother,
the disc should play.
.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
.
The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
.
A problem occurred while
burning the disc.
.
The label is caught in the CD
player.
If the disc is not playing correctly
for any other reason, try a known
good disc.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System
If any error occurs repeatedly or
if an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer. If the radio
displays an error message, write it
down and provide it to your dealer
when reporting the problem.
To use a portable audio player,
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
the radio's front auxiliary input jack.
While a device is connected, press
the radio CD/AUX button to begin
playing audio from the device over
the vehicle speakers.
Auxiliary Devices
O (Power/Volume):
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
The radio system has an auxiliary
input jack located on the lower
right side of the faceplate. This is
not an audio output; do not plug
the headphone set into the front
auxiliary input jack. However, an
external audio device such as an
iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player,
CD changer, or cassette tape player
can be connected to the auxiliary
input jack as another source for
audio listening.
Drivers are encouraged to set
up any auxiliary device while the
vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive
Driving on page 9‑2 for more
information on driver distraction.
Turn to
increase or decrease the volume
of the portable player. Additional
volume adjustments might need to
be made from the portable device.
BAND: Press to listen to the radio
while a portable audio device is
playing. The portable audio device
continues playing until it is stopped
or turned off.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
play a CD while a portable audio
device is playing. Press again and
the system begins playing audio
from the connected portable audio
player. If a portable audio player is
not connected, No Aux Input Device
Found may display.
7-21
Phone
Bluetooth
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system
can interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.
Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.
Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list
with the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.
Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.
Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
and navigation system.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-22
.
.
.
Black plate (22,1)
Infotainment System
Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
this section for more information.
If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to
use that feature to access the
address book or contact list.
See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this
section for more information.
See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section for
more information.
{ WARNING
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long
or too often at the screen of
the phone or the infotainment
(navigation) system. Taking
your eyes off the road too long
or too often could cause a crash
resulting in injury or death. Focus
your attention on driving.
A Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with
a Hands‐Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
can be used while the key is in the
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY
position. The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
Not all phones support all functions,
and not all phones are guaranteed
to work with the in-vehicle Bluetooth
system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth
for more information on compatible
phones.
Voice Recognition
The Bluetooth system uses voice
recognition to interpret voice
commands to dial phone numbers
and name tags.
For additional information, say
“Help” while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
Noise: Keep interior noise levels
to a minimum. The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise.
When to Speak: A short tone
sounds after the system responds
indicating when it is waiting for a
voice command. Wait until the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System
Audio System
Pairing
When using the in‐vehicle
Bluetooth system, sound comes
through the vehicle's front audio
system speakers and overrides
the audio system. Use the audio
system volume knob, during a
call, to change the volume level.
The adjusted volume level remains
in memory for later calls. To prevent
missed calls, a minimum volume
level is used if the volume is turned
down too low.
A Bluetooth cell phone must be
paired to the Bluetooth system
and then connected to the vehicle
before it can be used. See the cell
phone manufacturer's user guide for
Bluetooth functions before pairing
the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone
is not connected, calls will be made
using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling,
if equipped. Refer to the OnStar
Owner's Guide for more information.
Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons located on the
steering wheel to operate the
in‐vehicle Bluetooth system.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑3 for more information.
b g (Push To Talk): Press to
answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start
speech recognition.
c x (Phone On Hook): Press to
end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
operation.
Pairing Information
7-23
.
Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.
If multiple paired cell phones
are within range of the system,
the system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To connect to a
different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone” later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
b g for
.
Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
.
The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
.
Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
with instructions and a four‐digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-24
Black plate (24,1)
Infotainment System
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to pair.
For help with this process, see
the cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN that was provided in Step 3.
After the PIN is successfully
entered, the system prompts you
to provide a name for the paired
cell phone. This name will be
used to indicate which phones
are paired and connected to the
vehicle. See “Listing All Paired
and Connected Phones” later in
this section for more information.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair
additional phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all the available cell
phones were paired. Depending
on which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
Connecting to a Different Phone
3. Say “Change phone.”
.
If another cell phone is
found, the response will
be “<Phone name> is now
connected.”
.
If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
b g for
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to
30 phone numbers as name tags
in the Hands‐Free Directory that is
shared between the Bluetooth and
OnStar systems, if equipped.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store: This command will store
a phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This
command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands‐Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations
Directory, if equipped.
Using the “Store” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or group
of numbers you want to store
all at once with no pauses, then
follow the directions given by the
system to save a name tag for
this number.
Using the “Digit Store” Command
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the
last number.
7-25
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system,
say “Verify” at any time.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Digit Store.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the
last digit has been entered,
say “Store,” and then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
Using the “Delete” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-26
Black plate (26,1)
Infotainment System
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands‐Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
Making a Call
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
Dial or Call: The dial or
call command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial: This command allows
a phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Listing Stored Numbers
Re‐dial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
Using the “List” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.”
4. Say “List.”
b g for
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the
last number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system,
say “Verify” at any time.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After each
digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the
last digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re‐dial” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
Call Waiting
Three‐Way Calling
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
Three‐way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
.
2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Receiving a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.
.
.
b g to answer the call.
Press c x to ignore a call.
Press
7-27
Press b g to answer an
incoming call when another
call is active. The original call
is placed on hold.
.
Press b g again to return to the
original call.
.
To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.
.
Press c x to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
1. While on a call, press
b g.
2. Say “Three‐way call.”
3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party
to be called.
4. Once the call is connected,
press b g to link all callers
together.
Ending a Call
Press
c x to end a call.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-28
Black plate (28,1)
Infotainment System
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
.
.
To mute a call, press
then say “Mute call.”
b g, and
To cancel mute, press b
then say “Un‐mute call.”
g, and
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired
and connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Transferring Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press
b g.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
Transferring Audio to the
Bluetooth System from a Cell
Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle,
use the audio transfer feature on
the cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass‐thru allows access to
the voice recognition commands on
the cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press and hold
two seconds.
b g for
2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system
responds “Bluetooth ready,”
followed by a tone.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored
as name tags during a call.
You can use this feature when
calling a menu‐driven phone
system. Account numbers can
also be stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed
by a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out
of the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system,
it will be retained indefinitely.
This includes all saved name tags in
the phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous section “Deleting a Paired
Phone” and the previous sections
on deleting name tags.
Other Information
The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
7-29
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
7-30
Black plate (30,1)
Infotainment System
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls
8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems
This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating,
cooling, defrost, defog and ventilation can be controlled with this system.
For vehicles with heated seats, see Heated Front Seats on page 3‑7.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls
A. Fan Control
B. Outside Air
C. Recirculation
D. Air Delivery Mode Control
E. Air Conditioning
F.
Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
G. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
H. Rear Window Defogger
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
8-2
Black plate (2,1)
Climate Controls
9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Positioning
the knob between two modes can
select a combination of those
modes.
Single Zone
A. Fan Control
B. Outside Air
C. Temperature Control
D. Recirculation
E. Air Delivery Mode Control
F.
Air Conditioning
G. Rear Window Defogger
Temperature Control: For dual
zone, turn the thumbwheels up
or down to increase or decrease
the temperature on the driver or
the passenger side of the vehicle.
For single zone, turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
temperature.
If the airflow seems low when the
fan is at the highest setting, the
passenger compartment air filter
may need to be replaced. There
will be some airflow noticeable
from the various outlets when
driving, even with the fan in the
off position. For more information,
see Passenger Compartment Air
Filter on page 8‑5 and Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑2.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the direction of the airflow
inside the vehicle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:
H (Vent):
Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
) (Bi-Level):
Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets and the floor outlets.
6 (Floor):
Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some of the air
directed to the windshield and
side window outlets. In this mode,
the system automatically selects
outside air.
- (Defog): This mode clears the
windshield of fog or moisture. Air is
directed equally to the windshield
and the floor outlets. When defog
is selected, the system turns off
recirculation and runs the air
conditioning compressor unless
the outside temperature is below
4°C (40°F).
0 (Defrost): This mode clears
the windshield of fog or frost
more quickly. Air is directed to
the windshield with some air to
8-3
the side window vents and the floor
vents. When defrost is selected,
the system automatically forces
outside air into the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting, unless
the outside temperature is below
4°C (40°F).
For quick cool down on hot days, do
the following:
# (Air Conditioning): Press
to turn the air conditioning system
on or off. An indicator light comes
on to show that it is on. The air
conditioning can be selected in any
mode as long as the fan is on and
the outside temperature is above
freezing. A flashing indicator light
indicates that the air conditioning
compressor is currently not
available.
4. Select the highest
On hot days, open the windows to
let hot inside air escape; then close
them. This helps to reduce the time
it takes for the vehicle to cool down.
It also helps the system to operate
more efficiently.
H mode.
Press the # button.
1. Select the
2.
3. Select the coolest temperature
for both zones.
9 speed.
5. When the coolest temperature
is selected in the A/C mode,
the system automatically goes
into the recirculation mode to
improve cooling.
Using these settings together for
long periods of time may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become too
dry. To prevent this from happening,
after the air inside the vehicle has
cooled, turn the recirculation
mode off.
The air conditioning system
removes moisture from the air,
so a small amount of water may
drip under the vehicle while idling
or after turning off the engine.
This is normal.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
8-4
Black plate (4,1)
Climate Controls
: (Outside Air): Press to turn
on outside air. An indicator light
comes on to show that it is on.
Outside air will circulate throughout
the vehicle.
? (Recirculation):
Press to
turn on the recirculation mode.
An indicator light comes on to
show that it is on.
This mode helps to quickly heat
or cool the air inside the vehicle
once the temperature inside the
vehicle is equal to or better than
the outside temperature. It can be
used to prevent outside air and
odors from entering the vehicle.
The recirculation mode is not
available in outside air, floor, defog,
or defrost modes. If the button is
selected while in these modes,
the indicator flashes three times.
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
< (Rear Window Defogger):
The rear window defogger turns
off automatically after it has been
activated for 10 minutes. It can be
turned off manually, by pressing
the button again or by turning the
ignition to the LOCK/OFF position.
The rear window defogger can
be turned on again for additional
window clearing. The length of
defogger operation will increase
if the vehicle is being driven.
For vehicles with heated outside
rearview mirrors, the mirrors heat
to help clear fog or frost from the
surface of the mirror when the rear
window defog button is pressed.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
Notice: Do not use anything
sharp on the inside of the rear
window. If you do, you could
cut or damage the warming grid,
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle
license, tape, a decal, or anything
similar to the defogger grid.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls
Air Vents
.
Use the thumbwheel located
below or to the side of the outlet, to
change the direction of the air flow.
Operation Tips
.
Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
may block the flow of air into
the vehicle.
.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors may adversely affect
the performance of the system.
.
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
.
If the airflow seems low when
the fan is at the highest setting,
the passenger compartment air
filter, if equipped, may need to
replaced. For more information,
see Passenger Compartment
Air Filter on page 8‑5 and
Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑2.
If fogging reoccurs while in
vent or bi-level modes with
mild temperature throughout
the vehicle, turn on the air
conditioner to reduce windshield
fogging.
8-5
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The vehicle has a passenger
compartment particulate air
filter. It is located in the engine
compartment, below the air inlet
grille on the passenger side.
The filter traps most of the
pollen from air entering the
climate control system. It needs
to be changed periodically to
ensure system performance.
For information on how often
to change the passenger
compartment air filter, see
Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑2.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
8-6
Black plate (6,1)
Climate Controls
To change the passenger
compartment air filter:
1. Turn off the ignition when the
windshield wipers are in the up
position.
2. Raise the vehicle hood.
3. Pull back the hood weatherstrip
from the passenger side of the
vehicle halfway to center.
5. Lift the air inlet grille and
disconnect the washer hose
at the quick-connect.
6. Remove the air inlet grille.
7. Remove the water deflector
plate.
8. Remove the old passenger
compartment air filter.
9. Reverse the steps to install the
new air filter.
For best climate control system
performance, reinstall the air filter.
For the type of filter to use, see
Maintenance Replacement Parts on
page 11‑8.
4. Remove the air inlet grille
retainers.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving and
Operating
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Parking Over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Engine Exhaust
Driving Information
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-17
9-17
9-19
9-20
9-21
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
9-1
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Gasoline Specifications (U.S.
and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-36
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-38
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .
9-41
9-42
9-45
9-47
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-2
Black plate (2,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑10.
{ WARNING
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other
drivers) are going to be careless
and make mistakes. Anticipate
what they might do and be ready.
In addition:
.
Allow enough following
distance between you and
the driver in front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or
possible death. These simple
defensive driving techniques
could save your life.
Drunk Driving
{ WARNING
Drinking and then driving is
very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by
even a small amount of alcohol.
You can have a serious — or
even fatal — collision if you
drive after drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Alcohol affects four things that
anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
judgment, muscular coordination,
vision, and attentiveness.
Police records show that
almost 40 percent of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve
alcohol. In most cases, these
deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving.
In recent years, more than
17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
deaths have been associated with
the use of alcohol, with about
250,000 people injured.
For persons under 21, it is against
the law in every U.S. state to drink
alcohol. There are good medical,
psychological, and developmental
reasons for these laws.
The obvious way to eliminate the
leading highway safety problem is
for people never to drink alcohol
and then drive.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating
Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person's system
can make crash injuries worse,
especially injuries to the brain,
spinal cord, or heart. This means
that when anyone who has been
drinking — driver or passenger — is
in a crash, that person's chance of
being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not
been drinking.
Control of a Vehicle
The following three systems
help to control the vehicle while
driving — brakes, steering, and
accelerator. At times, as when
driving on snow or ice, it is easy to
ask more of those control systems
than the tires and road can provide.
Meaning, you can lose control of
the vehicle. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑29.
Adding non‐dealer accessories
can affect vehicle performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3.
Braking
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑20.
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding
to push the brake pedal is
perception time. Actually doing
it is reaction time.
Average reaction time is about
three‐fourths of a second. But
that is only an average. It might
be less with one driver and as
long as two or three seconds or
more with another. Age, physical
condition, alertness, coordination,
and eyesight all play a part. So do
alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But
even in three‐fourths of a second,
a vehicle moving at 100 km/h
(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft).
That could be a lot of distance
in an emergency, so keeping
enough space between the
vehicle and others is important.
9-3
And, of course, actual stopping
distances vary greatly with the
surface of the road, whether it is
pavement or gravel; the condition
of the road, whether it is wet, dry,
or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
and the amount of brake force
applied.
Avoid needless heavy
braking. Some people drive in
spurts — heavy acceleration
followed by heavy braking — rather
than keeping pace with traffic.
This is a mistake. The brakes
might not have time to cool between
hard stops. The brakes will wear
out much faster with a lot of heavy
braking. Keeping pace with the
traffic and allowing realistic following
distances eliminates a lot of
unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-4
Black plate (4,1)
Driving and Operating
If the engine ever stops while
the vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. If the brakes are pumped,
the pedal could get harder to push
down. If the engine stops, there will
still be some power brake assist but
it will be used when the brake is
applied. Once the power assist is
used up, it can take longer to stop
and the brake pedal will be harder
to push.
Adding non‐dealer accessories
can affect vehicle performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3.
Steering
Power Steering
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or the
power steering system is not
functioning, the vehicle can be
steered but it will take more effort.
Steering Tips
It is important to take curves at a
reasonable speed.
Traction in a curve depends on the
condition of the tires and the road
surface, the angle at which the
curve is banked, and vehicle speed.
While in a curve, speed is the one
factor that can be controlled.
If there is a need to reduce speed,
do it before entering the curve, while
the front wheels are straight.
Try to adjust the speed so you can
drive through the curve. Maintain a
reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until out of the curve,
and then accelerate gently into
the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering
can be more effective than braking.
For example, you come over a hill
and find a truck stopped in your
lane, or a car suddenly pulls out
from nowhere, or a child darts out
from between parked cars and stops
right in front of you. These problems
can be avoided by braking — if you
can stop in time. But sometimes you
cannot stop in time because there
is no room. That is the time for
evasive action — steering around
the problem.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating
The vehicle can perform very
well in emergencies like these.
First apply the brakes. See Braking
on page 9‑3. It is better to remove
as much speed as possible from
a collision. Then steer around
the problem, to the left or right
depending on the space available.
recommended 9 and 3 o'clock
positions, it can be turned a full
180 degrees very quickly without
removing either hand. But you have
to act fast, steer quickly, and just as
quickly straighten the wheel once
you have avoided the object.
9-5
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving.
The fact that such emergency
situations are always possible is a
good reason to practice defensive
driving at all times and wear safety
belts properly.
If the level of the shoulder is
only slightly below the pavement,
recovery should be fairly easy.
An emergency like this requires
close attention and a quick decision.
If holding the steering wheel at the
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-6
Black plate (6,1)
Driving and Operating
Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer so that the vehicle
straddles the edge of the pavement.
Turn the steering wheel 8 to 13 cm
(3 to 5 in), about one-eighth turn,
until the right front tire contacts
the pavement edge. Then turn the
steering wheel to go straight down
the roadway.
Loss of Control
Let us review what driving experts
say about what happens when the
three control systems — brakes,
steering, and acceleration — do not
have enough friction where the tires
meet the road to do what the driver
has asked.
In any emergency, do not give up.
Keep trying to steer and constantly
seek an escape route or area of
less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose
control of the vehicle. Defensive
drivers avoid most skids by taking
reasonable care suited to existing
conditions, and by not overdriving
those conditions. But skids are
always possible.
The three types of skids
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems. In the braking
skid, the wheels are not rolling.
In the steering or cornering skid,
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the
acceleration skid, too much throttle
causes the driving wheels to spin.
If the vehicle starts to slide, ease
your foot off the accelerator pedal
and quickly steer the way you
want the vehicle to go. If you start
steering quickly enough, the vehicle
may straighten out. Always be ready
for a second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when
water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material is on the road. For safety,
slow down and adjust your driving
to these conditions. It is important
to slow down on slippery surfaces
because stopping distance will be
longer and vehicle control more
limited.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating
While driving on a surface with
reduced traction, try to avoid
sudden steering, acceleration,
or braking, including reducing
vehicle speed by shifting to a lower
gear. Any sudden changes could
cause the tires to slide. You may
not realize the surface is slippery
until the vehicle is skidding. Learn
to recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
If the vehicle has the Antilock
Brake System (ABS), remember: It
helps avoid only the braking skid.
If the vehicle does not have ABS,
then in a braking skid, where the
wheels are no longer rolling, release
enough pressure on the brakes
to get the wheels rolling again.
This restores steering control.
Push the brake pedal down steadily
when you have to stop suddenly.
As long as the wheels are rolling,
you will have steering control.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
{ WARNING
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in
a quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
(Continued)
9-7
WARNING (Continued)
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to
drive through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous.
Water can build up under the
vehicle's tires so they actually
ride on the water. This can happen
if the road is wet enough and you
are going fast enough. When the
vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little
or no contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-8
Black plate (8,1)
Driving and Operating
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
Always be alert and pay attention
to your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find
a safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
Other driving tips include:
.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
.
Keep interior temperature cool.
.
Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides.
.
Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10‑42.
Turn off cruise control.
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{ WARNING
If you do not shift down, the
brakes could get so hot that they
would not work well. You would
then have poor braking or even
none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating
{ WARNING
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. The brakes will
have to do all the work of slowing
down and they could get so hot
that they would not work well.
You would then have poor braking
or even none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear when going downhill.
.
.
Stay in your own lane.
Do not swing wide or cut
across the center of the road.
Drive at speeds that let you
stay in your own lane.
Top of hills: Be
alert — something
could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.
Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is
snow or ice between the tires
and the road, creating less traction
or grip. Wet ice can occur at about
0°C (32°F) when freezing rain
begins to fall, resulting in even
less traction. Avoid driving on wet
ice or in freezing rain until roads
can be treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
9-9
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 9‑28 improves vehicle
stability during hard stops on
slippery roads, but apply the brakes
sooner than when on dry pavement.
Allow greater following distance
on any slippery road and watch
for slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain
icy when the surrounding roads
are clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-10
Black plate (10,1)
Driving and Operating
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use the Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13‑6.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
WARNING (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.
.
Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.
Open a window about
5 cm (2 in) on the side of
the vehicle that is away from
the wind to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets
on or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside
the vehicle and set the fan
speed to the highest setting.
See Climate Control System
in the Index.
(Continued)
{ WARNING
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death.
(Continued)
Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
WARNING (Continued)
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑24.
Snow can trap exhaust gases
under your vehicle. This can
cause deadly CO (Carbon
Monoxide) gas to get inside.
CO could overcome you and
kill you. You cannot see it or
smell it, so you might not know
it is in your vehicle. Clear away
snow from around the base of
your vehicle, especially any that
is blocking the exhaust.
Run the engine for short periods
only as needed to keep warm,
but be careful.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help
to arrive, now and then when
you run the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle
and to signal for help with the
headlamps. Do this as little as
possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If the vehicle has a traction system,
it can often help to free a stuck
vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's
traction system in the Index. If stuck
too severely for the traction system
to free the vehicle, turn the traction
system off and use the rocking
method.
9-11
{ WARNING
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and
you or others could be injured.
The vehicle can overheat,
causing an engine compartment
fire or other damage. Spin the
wheels as little as possible and
avoid going above 55 km/h
(35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains on page 10‑64.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-12
Black plate (12,1)
Driving and Operating
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
or stability system. Shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not
get the vehicle out after a few
tries, it might need to be towed
out. If the vehicle does need to be
towed out, see Towing the Vehicle
on page 10‑79.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight your vehicle can
carry. Two labels on your vehicle
show how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Vehicle Certification label.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle
any heavier than the
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label
is attached to the vehicle's
center pillar (B-pillar). With
the driver door open, you will
find the label attached below
the door lock post (striker).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating
The Tire and Loading
Information label lists the
number of occupant seating
positions (A), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (B)
in kilograms and pounds.
The vehicle capacity weight
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory‐installed options.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle, see “Certification
Label” later in this section.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also lists
the tire size of the original
equipment tires (C) and
the recommended cold
tire inflation pressures (D).
For more information on
tires and inflation, see
Tires on page 10‑42 and
Tire Pressure on page 10‑49.
1. Locate the statement
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit
“The combined weight
of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
9-13
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1400 lbs
and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity
is 650 lbs (1400 − 750
(5 x 150) = 650 lbs).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-14
Black plate (14,1)
Driving and Operating
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step³4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity for your vehicle.
If your vehicle can tow a trailer,
see Trailer Towing on page 9‑45
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules, and trailering tips.
Example 1
Example 2
A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
(300 lbs)
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
(750 lbs)
C. Available Occupant and Cargo
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs)
C. Available Cargo
Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating
vehicle's maximum vehicle
capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
your vehicle's maximum vehicle
capacity weight.
The label shows the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle,
called the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR
includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel,
and cargo.
Certification Label
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) for either
the front or rear axle.
Example 3
If there is a heavy load, it should
be spread out.
A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
C. Available Cargo
Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about your
9-15
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is found on the rear edge
of the driver door.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-16
Black plate (16,1)
Driving and Operating
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle
any heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
If things like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else
are put inside the vehicle,
they will go as fast as the
vehicle goes. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, they will keep going.
{ WARNING
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.
Notice : Overloading the
vehicle may cause damage.
Repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Do not overload the vehicle.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.
Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.
Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Notice: The vehicle does not
need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
if you follow these guidelines:
.
.
Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or
slow, for the first 805 km
(500 miles). Do not make
full-throttle starts. Avoid
downshifting to brake or
slow the vehicle.
Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 miles)
or so. During this time the
new brake linings are not
yet broken in. Hard stops
with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.
Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer
Towing on page 9‑45 for
the trailer towing capabilities
of your vehicle and more
information.
Following break‐in, engine
speed and load can be gradually
increased.
Ignition Positions
9-17
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the brake
pedal must be applied.
Notice: Using a tool to force the
key to turn in the ignition could
cause damage to the switch or
break the key. Use the correct
key, make sure it is all the way in,
and turn it only with your hand.
If the key cannot be turned by
hand, see your dealer.
A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is
stopped, turn the ignition switch to
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9‑21
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
This position locks the ignition.
It also locks the transmission.
This is the only position in which
the ignition key can be inserted
or removed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-18
Black plate (18,1)
Driving and Operating
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
In an emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral.
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to neutral, firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle
to a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
an automatic transmission, the
shift lever must be in P (Park)
to turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK/OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9‑29
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from left to right while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
doesn't work, then the vehicle
needs service.
If you leave the key in the
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position with the engine off, the
battery could be drained. You may
not be able to start the vehicle if
the battery is allowed to drain for
an extended period of time.
B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the
position in which you can operate
the radio and windshield wipers
while the engine is off. To use
ACC/ACCESSORY, turn the key
clockwise.
D (START): This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
C (ON/RUN): This position can
be used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument panel cluster warning
and indicator lights. The switch
stays in this position when the
engine is running.
A warning chime will sound and
the Driver Information Center (DIC)
will display DRIVER DOOR OPEN
when the driver door is opened, the
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
ignition. See Door Ajar Messages
on page 5‑31 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
Notice: Do not try to shift to
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
If you do, you could damage the
transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition to
START. When the engine
starts, let go of the key.
The idle speed will slow
down as the engine warms.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting
it. Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow
the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled
Cranking System. This feature
assists in starting the engine
and protects components.
If the ignition key is turned
to the START position, and
then released when the engine
begins cranking, the engine
will continue cranking for a
few seconds or until the vehicle
starts. If the engine does
not start and the key is held
in START, cranking will be
stopped after 15 seconds to
prevent cranking motor damage.
To prevent gear damage, this
system also prevents cranking
if the engine is already running.
Engine cranking can be stopped
by turning the ignition switch
to the ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF position.
9-19
When the Low Fuel warning
lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL
LOW message is displayed in
the Driver Information Center
(DIC), the Computer‐Controlled
Cranking System is disabled
to prevent possible vehicle
component damage. When
this happens, hold the ignition
switch in the START position
to continue engine cranking.
Notice: Cranking the engine for
long periods of time, by returning
the key to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-20
Black plate (20,1)
Driving and Operating
2. If the engine does not start after
5‐10 seconds, especially in very
cold weather (below −18°C or
0°F), it could be flooded with too
much gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you hold the key in START for
up to a maximum of 15 seconds.
Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to allow the
cranking motor to cool down.
When the engine starts, let go
of the key and accelerator. If the
vehicle starts briefly but then
stops again, repeat these steps.
This clears the extra gasoline
from the engine. Do not race
the engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.
Notice: The engine is designed
to work with the electronics in
the vehicle. If you add electrical
parts or accessories, you could
change the way the engine
operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your
dealer. If you do not, the engine
might not perform properly. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Engine Heater
The engine coolant heater can
provide easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine
warm‐up in cold weather conditions
at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles
with an engine coolant heater
should be plugged in at least
four hours before starting.
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap
the electrical cord. The cord is
attached to the underside of the
diagonal brace, which is located
above the engine air cleaner/
filter assembly.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
{ WARNING
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause
an electrical shock. Also, the
wrong kind of extension cord
could overheat and cause a fire.
You could be seriously injured.
Plug the cord into a properly
grounded three-prong 110-volt AC
outlet. If the cord will not reach,
use a heavy-duty three-prong
extension cord rated for at least
15 amps.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts,
and prevent damage.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories can be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine turned off:
.
Audio System
.
Power Windows
The radio will work when the key is
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
Once the key is turned from
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF the radio
will continue to work 10 minutes
or until the driver door is opened.
The power windows will continue to
work for up to 10 minutes or until
any door is opened.
Shifting Into Park
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑42.
9-21
Steering Column Shift Lever
If the vehicle has a steering column
shift lever, use this procedure to
shift the vehicle into P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pulling the shift lever toward
you and moving it up as far as it
will go.
3. With your foot still holding
the brake pedal down, set the
parking brake. See Parking
Brake on page 9‑29 for more
information.
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-22
Black plate (22,1)
Driving and Operating
Console Shift Lever
If the vehicle is equipped with
a console shift lever, use this
procedure to shift the vehicle
into P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pushing the lever all the way
toward the front of the vehicle.
3. While keeping the brake pedal
applied, set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9‑29
for more information.
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle With the
Engine Running
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. And, if you leave the
vehicle with the engine running,
it could overheat and even
catch fire. You or others could
be injured. Do not leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
If you have to leave the vehicle
with the engine running, be sure
your vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. See Parking Brake on
page 9‑29 for more information.
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight
of the vehicle puts too much
force on the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” in
this section.
If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating
9-23
Shifting Out of Park
Console Shift
Column Shift
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock
If the console shift lever cannot be
moved out of P (Park):
If the column shift lever cannot be
moved out of P (Park):
1. Apply and maintain the regular
brakes.
1. Apply and maintain the regular
brakes.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
position. See Ignition Positions
on page 9‑17 for more
information.
2. Turn the ignition key to the
ON/RUN position. See Ignition
Positions on page 9‑17 for more
information.
3. Let up on the shift lever and
make sure the shift lever is
pushed all the way into P (Park).
3. Shift out of the P (Park) position
to the N (Neutral) position.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
lock release system. The shift lock
release is designed to:
.
Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.
Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
regular brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock is always functional
except in the case of a an
uncharged or low voltage
(less than 9 volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑75.
4. Press the shift lever button.
5. Then, move the shift into the
desired gear.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.
4. Move the vehicle to a safe
location.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-24
Black plate (24,1)
Driving and Operating
Parking Over Things
That Burn
{ WARNING
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{ WARNING
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or after market
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running. But if you ever have
to, here are some things to know.
{ WARNING
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area
that has no fresh air ventilation.
For more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑24.
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out
of the vehicle if the automatic
transmission shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. Do not leave the vehicle
when the engine is running
unless you have to. If you have
left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured.
To be sure the vehicle will not
move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, always set
the parking brake and move the
shift lever to P (Park).
Follow the proper steps to be
sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑21.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑42.
9-25
Automatic
Transmission
The automatic transmission has a
shift lever on the steering column or
on the console between the seats.
There is a display, located on the
instrument panel cluster, that will
indicate the gear the vehicle is in.
Maximum engine speed is limited
on automatic transmission vehicles
while in P (Park) or N (Neutral) to
protect driveline components from
improper operation.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-26
Black plate (26,1)
Driving and Operating
There are several different positions
for the shift lever.
P (Park): This position locks the
front wheels. It is the best position
to use when the engine is started
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑42.
Make sure the shift lever is fully
in P (Park) before starting the
engine. The vehicle has an
automatic transmission shift lock
control system. You must fully apply
the brakes first, then press the shift
lever button before you can shift
from P (Park) while the ignition is in
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift
lever and push the shift lever all the
way into P (Park) as you maintain
brake application. Then press the
shift lever button and move the shift
lever into another gear. See Shifting
Out of Park on page 9‑23.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
forward could damage the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse)
only after the vehicle is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑11.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only. Also, use
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
being towed.
{ WARNING
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating
Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)
or N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Be sure
the engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive) : This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more
power for passing, and you are:
.
Going less than 55 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.
Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator pedal
all the way down.
The transmission will shift down
to the next gear and the vehicle
will have more power.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding, see “Skidding” under
Loss of Control on page 9‑6.
Notice: Driving the vehicle if you
notice that it is moving slowly
or not shifting gears as you
increase speed may damage the
transmission. Have the vehicle
serviced right away. You can
drive in 2 (Second) when you are
driving less than 35 mph (55 km/h)
and D (Drive) for higher speeds
until then.
3 (Third): This position is also
used for normal driving. However,
it reduces vehicle speed more than
D (Drive) without using the brakes.
You might choose 3 (Third) instead
of D (Drive) when driving on hilly,
winding roads, when towing a trailer,
so there is less shifting between
gears and when going down a
steep hill.
2 (Second): This position reduces
vehicle speed even more than
3 (Third) without using the brakes.
You can use 2 (Second) on hills.
It can help control vehicle speed
as you go down steep mountain
roads. You would also want to
use the brakes off and on.
9-27
Notice: Driving in 2 (Second) for
more than 25 miles (40 km) or at
speeds over 55 mph (90 km/h)
may damage the transmission.
Also, shifting into 2 (Second) at
speeds above 65 mph (105 km/h)
can cause damage. Drive in
3 (Third) or D (Drive) instead
of 2 (Second).
1 (First): This position reduces
vehicle speed even more than
2 (Second) without using the brakes.
You can use it on very steep hills,
or in deep snow or mud. If the shift
lever is in 1 (First) while the vehicle
is moving forward, the transmission
will not shift into first gear until the
vehicle is going slowly enough.
Notice: Spinning the tires
or holding the vehicle in one
place on a hill using only the
accelerator pedal may damage
the transmission. The repair will
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If you are stuck, do not
spin the tires. When stopping on
a hill, use the brakes to hold the
vehicle in place.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-28
Black plate (28,1)
Driving and Operating
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has the Antilock
Brake System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the engine is started and the
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
checks itself. A momentary motor or
clicking noise might be heard while
this test is going on, and it might
even be noticed that the brake
pedal moves a little. This is normal.
If driving safely on a wet road
and it becomes necessary to
slam on the brakes and continue
braking to avoid a sudden obstacle,
a computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling,
the computer will separately
work the brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
the driver steer around the obstacle
while braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑21.
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating
Parking Brake
To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal down and push
the parking brake pedal. When you
lift your foot off the parking brake
pedal, the pedal will follow it to the
released position.
A warning chime will sound and a
brake warning light located on the
instrument panel cluster will come
on, if the parking brake is set, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle speed
is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The parking brake is located to the
left of the brake pedal, near the
driver door.
To set the parking brake, hold the
brake pedal down, then push down
the parking brake pedal.
Notice: Driving with the parking
brake on can overheat the brake
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the
brake warning light is off before
driving.
If you are towing a trailer and
parking on any hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑42.
9-29
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The vehicle may have a
Traction Control System (TCS)
that limits wheel spin. This is
especially useful in slippery road
conditions. The system operates
only if it senses that one or both
of the front wheels are spinning
or beginning to lose traction. When
this happens, the system reduces
engine power and may also upshift
the transmission and apply the front
brakes to limit wheel spin.
This light will flash when the TCS is
limiting wheel spin.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-30
Black plate (30,1)
Driving and Operating
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working, but this is
normal.
If cruise control is being used when
TCS begins to limit wheel spin,
the cruise control will automatically
disengage. Cruise control may be
reengaged when road conditions
allow. See Cruise Control on
page 9‑32.
The TCS operates in all
transmission shift lever positions.
But the system can upshift the
transmission only as high as
the shift lever position chosen,
so use the lower gears only
when necessary. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9‑25.
When the system is on, this warning
light comes on and stays on if there
is a problem.
To turn the system on or off, press
the Traction Control button located
on the instrument panel.
A SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL
message also appears on the DIC.
When this warning light is on, the
system will not limit wheel spin.
Adjust your driving accordingly.
See Ride Control System Messages
on page 5‑35 for more information.
When the system is turned off, the
traction control warning light comes
on and TRACTION CONTROL OFF
appears on the DIC. If the traction
control system is limiting wheel spin
when the button is pressed to turn
the system off, the warning light
comes on and the system will turn
off right away.
To limit wheel spin, especially
in slippery road conditions, TCS
should always be left on. But the
system can be turned off if needed.
Turn the system off if the vehicle
gets stuck in sand, mud, or snow
and rocking the vehicle is required.
See If the Vehicle is Stuck on
page 9‑11 for more information.
Press the Traction Control button
again to turn the system back on.
The Traction Control warning light
should go off.
Adding non‐dealer accessories can
affect the vehicle's performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
For more information, see Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑35.
Your vehicle may have an
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system which combines antilock
brake, traction, and stability control
systems and helps the driver
maintain directional control of the
vehicle in most driving conditions.
When you first start your vehicle
and begin to drive away, the system
performs several diagnostic checks
to ensure there are no problems.
You may hear or feel the system
working. This is normal and does
not mean there is a problem with
your vehicle. The system should
initialize before the vehicle reaches
32 km/h (20 mph).
If the system fails to turn on or
activate, the ESC/TCS light will
be on solid, and the SERVICE
STABILITRAK message will be
displayed.
This light will flash on the instrument
panel cluster when the ESC system
is both on and activated.
You may also feel or hear the
system working; this is normal.
When the light is on solid and the
SERVICE STABILITRAK message
is displayed, the system will not
assist the driver in maintaining
directional control of the vehicle.
Adjust your driving accordingly.
See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5‑35.
9-31
The Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system is
automatically enabled whenever
you start your vehicle. To assist
the driver with vehicle directional
control, especially in slippery road
conditions, you should always leave
the system on. But, you can turn
ESC off if you ever need to.
If the vehicle is in cruise control
when the system begins to assist
the driver maintain directional
control of the vehicle, the ESC/TCS
light will flash and the cruise control
will automatically disengage. When
road conditions allow you to use
cruise again, you may re-engage
the cruise control. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑32.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-32
Black plate (32,1)
Driving and Operating
The ESC/TCS button is located on
the instrument panel.
The traction control system can be
turned off or back on by pressing
the ESC/TCS button. To disable
both traction control and ESC,
press and hold the button briefly.
When the ESC system is turned
off, the TRACTION CONTROL OFF
message will appear, and the
ESC/TCS light will be on solid to
warn the driver that both traction
control and ESC are disabled.
It is recommended to leave the
system on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn the system off if your vehicle
is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow,
and you want to “rock” your vehicle
to attempt to free it. It may also be
necessary to turn off the system
when driving in extreme off-road
conditions where high wheel spin is
required. See If the Vehicle is Stuck
on page 9‑11.
ESC may also turn off automatically
if it determines that a problem exists
with the system. The SERVICE
STABILITRAK message and the
ESC/TCS light will be on solid to
warn the driver that ESC is disabled
and requires service. If the problem
does not clear after restarting
the vehicle, you should see your
dealer for service. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑35
for more information.
Adding non‐dealer accessories can
affect your vehicle's performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3 for more information.
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
{ WARNING
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. So, do not use
the cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS) and the
cruise control is on, TCS will begin
to limit wheel spin and the cruise
control automatically turns off.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑29. When road conditions
allow you to safely use it again,
the cruise control can be turned
back on.
T (On/Off): Press to turn cruise
control on and off. The indicator is lit
when cruise control is on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate):
Press briefly to make the vehicle
resume to a previously set speed,
or press and hold to accelerate.
SET– : Press to set the speed and
activate cruise control or make the
vehicle decelerate.
[ (Cancel):
Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
The cruise control light on the
instrument panel cluster comes
on after the cruise control has
been set to the desired speed.
See Instrument Cluster on
page 5‑11.
The cruise control buttons are
located on left side of the steering
wheel.
9-33
If the cruise button is on when not
in use, it could get bumped and
go into cruise when not desired.
Keep the cruise control switch off
when cruise is not being used.
1. Press the T button to turn the
cruise system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release the SET–
button located on the steering
wheel.
4. Take your foot off the
accelerator.
Resuming a Set Speed
If cruise control is set at a desired
speed and then the brakes are
applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed is 40 km/h
(25 mph) or greater, press the +RES
button on the steering wheel. The
vehicle returns to the previously
selected speed and stays there.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-34
Driving and Operating
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
.
Press and hold the +RES button
on the steering wheel until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press the
+RES button. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Black plate (34,1)
Press and hold the SET– button
on the steering wheel until the
lower speed desired is reached,
then release it.
.
To slow down in small amounts,
press the SET– button briefly.
Each time this is done, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal,
the vehicle will slow down to the
cruise speed you set earlier.
Ending Cruise Control
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.
To disengage cruise control,
step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
Press the [ button on the
steering wheel.
.
To turn off the cruise control,
press the T button on the
steering wheel.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
Erasing Speed Memory
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load and the steepness
of the hills. When going up steep
hills, you might have to step on
the accelerator pedal to maintain
your speed. When going downhill,
you might have to brake or shift to
a lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brakes are applied
the cruise control will turn off.
The cruise control set speed
memory is erased from memory
by pressing T or if the ignition
is turned off.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating
9-35
Fuel
Recommended Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel
is an important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle.
To help keep the engine clean
and maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend
the use of gasoline advertised as
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise,
commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon
as possible. If heavy knocking is
heard when using gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
Look for the TOP TIER label on
the fuel pump to ensure gasoline
meets enhanced detergency
standards developed by auto
companies. A list of marketers
providing TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on
page 9‑38. For all other vehicles,
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9‑35.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-36
Black plate (36,1)
Driving and Operating
Gasoline Specifications
(U.S. and Canada Only)
California Fuel
Requirements
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
At a minimum, gasoline
should meet ASTM specification
D 4814 in the United States
or CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in
Canada. Some gasolines contain
an octane-enhancing additive
called methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
We recommend against the use
of gasolines containing MMT.
See Fuel Additives on page 9‑37
for additional information.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards,
it is designed to operate on fuels
that meet California specifications.
See the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑17. If this occurs, return to
your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
If it is determined that the condition
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never use leaded gasoline or any
other fuel not recommended in the
previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
To check the fuel availability, ask
an auto club, or contact a major oil
company that does business in the
country where you will be driving.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives
To provide cleaner air, all
gasolines in the United States are
now required to contain additives
that help prevent engine and fuel
system deposits from forming,
allowing the emission control
system to work properly. In most
cases, nothing should have to be
added to the fuel. However, some
gasolines contain only the minimum
amount of additive required to meet
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency regulations. To help keep
fuel injectors and intake valves
clean and avoid problems due
to dirty injectors or valves, look
for gasoline that is advertised as
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline.
Look for the TOP TIER label on
the fuel pump to ensure gasoline
meets enhanced detergency
standards developed by the auto
companies. A list of marketers
providing TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
For customers who do not use
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel
System Treatment PLUS, added
to the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help clean deposits
from fuel injectors and intake
valves. GM Fuel System Treatment
PLUS is the only gasoline additive
recommended by General Motors.
It is available at your dealer.
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol,
and reformulated gasolines
might be available in your area.
We recommend that you use these
gasolines, if they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
10% ethanol must not be used in
vehicles that were not designed
for those fuels.
9-37
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.
Some gasolines that are
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive
called methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT);
ask the attendant where you buy
gasoline whether the fuel contains
MMT. We recommend against
the use of such gasolines. Fuels
containing MMT can reduce
spark plug life and affect emission
control system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp might
turn on. If this occurs, return to
your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-38
Black plate (38,1)
Driving and Operating
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
For all other vehicles, use only the
unleaded gasoline described under
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑35.
We encourage the use of E85 in
vehicles that are designed to use it.
The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable”
fuel, meaning it is made from
renewable sources such as corn
and other crops.
Many service stations will not have
an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump
available. The U.S. Department
of Energy has an alternative fuels
website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/
locator/stations/) that can help you
find E85 fuel. Those stations that
do have E85 should have a label
indicating ethanol content. Do not
use the fuel if the ethanol content
is greater than 85%.
At a minimum, E85 should meet
ASTM Specification D 5798.
By definition, this means that
fuel labeled E85 will have an
ethanol content between 70%
and 85%. Filling the fuel tank with
fuel mixtures that do not meet
ASTM specifications can affect
driveability and could cause the
malfunction indicator lamp to
come on.
To ensure quick starts in the
wintertime, the E85 fuel must
be formulated properly for your
climate according to ASTM
specification D 5798. If you have
trouble starting on E85, it could be
because the E85 fuel is not properly
formulated for your climate. If this
happens, switching to gasoline or
adding gasoline to the fuel tank can
improve starting. For good starting
and heater efficiency below 0°C
(32°F), the fuel mix in the fuel tank
should contain no more than 70%
ethanol. It is best not to alternate
repeatedly between gasoline and
E85. If you do switch fuels, it is
recommended that you add as
much fuel as possible — do not
add less than 11 L (3 gal) when
refueling. You should drive the
vehicle immediately after refueling
for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow
the vehicle to adapt to the change
in ethanol concentration.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating
E85 has less energy per liter
(gallon) than gasoline, so you will
need to refill the fuel tank more
often when using E85 than when
you are using gasoline. See Filling
the Tank on page 9‑39.
Notice: Some additives are not
compatible with E85 fuel and can
harm the vehicle's fuel system.
Do not add anything to E85.
Damage caused by additives
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.
9-39
Filling the Tank
{ WARNING
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the engine when
refueling. Do not smoke near
fuel or when refueling the vehicle.
Do not use cellular phones.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away from
fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended when refueling the
vehicle. This is against the law in
some places. Do not re-enter the
vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep
children away from the fuel pump;
never let children pump fuel.
The tethered fuel cap is located
behind a hinged fuel door on the
driver side of the vehicle. If the
vehicle has E85 fuel capability,
the fuel cap will be yellow and state
that E85 or gasoline can be used.
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on
page 9‑38.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-40
Black plate (40,1)
Driving and Operating
While refueling, hang the tethered
fuel cap on the hook on the inside of
the fuel door.
{ WARNING
Fuel can spray out on you
if you open the fuel cap too
quickly. If you spill fuel and then
something ignites it, you could
be badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
and is more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait
for any hiss noise to stop. Then
unscrew the cap all the way.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait
a few seconds after you have
finished pumping before removing
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible.
See Exterior Care on page 10‑81.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn
it clockwise until it clicks. Make
sure the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.
The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message
displays on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not
properly installed. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5‑34 for more
information.
{ WARNING
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel
by shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Notice: If a new fuel cap is
needed, be sure to get the right
type of cap from your dealer.
The wrong type of fuel cap might
not fit properly, might cause
the malfunction indicator lamp
to light, and could damage the
fuel tank and emissions system.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
on page 5‑17.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING (Continued)
.
{ WARNING
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to
you and others:
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other
than the ground.
(Continued)
.
.
Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill
opening before operating the
nozzle. Contact should be
maintained until the filling
is complete.
Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
Do not use a cellular phone
while pumping fuel.
9-41
Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that
has been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer.
See the following trailer towing
information in this section:
.
.
.
For information on driving
while towing a trailer, see
“Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
For maximum vehicle and trailer
weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
For information on equipment
to tow a trailer, see “Towing
Equipment.”
For information on towing a disabled
vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑79. For information on
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10‑79.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-42
Black plate (42,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
.
Pulling a Trailer
Here are some important points:
.
.
There are many different
laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with
trailering. Make sure the rig
will be legal, not only where
you live but also where you
will be driving. A good source
for this information can be state
or provincial police.
Do not tow a trailer at all during
the first 1600 km (1,000 miles)
the new vehicle is driven.
The engine, transmission
or other parts could be
damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty.
.
.
Then, during the first 800 km
(500 miles) that a trailer is
towed, do not drive over 80 km/h
(50 mph) and do not make starts
at full throttle. This helps the
engine and other parts of the
vehicle wear in at the heavier
loads.
Obey speed limit restrictions
when towing a trailer. Do not
drive faster than the maximum
posted speed for trailers, or no
more than 90 km/h (55 mph), to
save wear on the vehicle's parts.
Do not tow a trailer when the
outside temperature is above
38°C (100°F).
Three important considerations
have to do with weight:
.
the weight of the trailer,
.
the weight of the trailer tongue
.
and the total weight on the
vehicle's tires.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Get to know
the rig before setting out for the
open road. Get acquainted with
the feel of handling and braking
with the added weight of the trailer.
And always keep in mind that
the vehicle you are driving is now
longer and not as responsive as
the vehicle is by itself.
Before starting, check all trailer
hitch parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirror adjustments. If the
trailer has electric brakes, start the
vehicle and trailer moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes are
working. This checks the electrical
connection at the same time.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lamps and any trailer
brakes are still working.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating
Following Distance
Making Turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.
Notice: Making very sharp turns
while trailering could cause the
trailer to come in contact with
the vehicle. The vehicle could
be damaged. Avoid making very
sharp turns while trailering.
Passing
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this
so the trailer will not strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs,
trees or other objects. Avoid jerky
or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before returning to the lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then,
to move the trailer to the left,
move that hand to the left.
To move the trailer to the right,
move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
9-43
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The arrows on the instrument panel
flash whenever signaling a turn or
lane change. Properly hooked up,
the trailer lamps also flash, telling
other drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument panel flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. For this reason you
may think other drivers are seeing
the signal when they are not. It is
important to check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-44
Black plate (44,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving on Grades
Notice: Do not tow on steep
continuous grades exceeding
9.6 km (6 miles). Extended,
higher than normal engine
and transmission temperatures
may result and damage the
vehicle. Frequent stops are
very important to allow the
engine and transmission
to cool.
Reduce speed and shift to a
lower gear before starting down
a long or steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down,
the brakes might have to be used
so much that they would get hot
and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down
and reduce the vehicle's speed to
around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce
the possibility of the engine and the
transmission overheating. If the
engine does overheat, see Engine
Overheating on page 10‑21.
Parking on Hills
{ WARNING
Parking the vehicle on a hill
with the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
the transmission into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
.
start the engine,
.
shift into a gear, and
.
release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service
more often when pulling a trailer.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑2 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, belts,
cooling system and brake system.
It is a good idea to inspect these
before and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10‑21.
Changing a Tire When Trailer
Towing
If the vehicle gets a flat tire while
towing a trailer, be sure to secure
the trailer and disconnect it from the
vehicle before changing the tire.
Trailer Towing
{ WARNING
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly.
For example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well — or even at all. The driver
and passengers could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may
also be damaged; the resulting
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your
dealer for advice and information
about towing a trailer with the
vehicle.
9-45
Notice: Pulling a trailer
improperly can damage the
vehicle and result in costly
repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in
this section and see your dealer
for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is
equipped with the proper trailer
towing equipment. To identify the
trailering capacity of the vehicle,
read the information in “Weight
of the Trailer” that appears later in
this section. Trailering is different
than just driving the vehicle by
itself. Trailering means changes
in handling, acceleration, braking,
durability and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to
be used properly.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-46
Black plate (46,1)
Driving and Operating
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for the safety of the driver
and the passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
Load-pulling components such
as the engine, transmission,
axles, wheel assemblies and
tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added
weight. The engine is required to
operate at relatively higher speeds
and under greater loads, generating
extra heat. The trailer also adds
considerably to wind resistance,
increasing the pulling requirements.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that
can be too heavy.
It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and
how much the vehicle is used to
pull a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section for more
information.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in
the tow vehicle and it has all the
required trailering equipment.
The weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice, or write us at
our Customer Assistance Offices.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13‑3 for more information.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer
is an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes
the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo carried in it, and the
people who will be riding in the
vehicle. If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers or cargo
in the vehicle, it will reduce the
tongue weight the vehicle can
carry, which will also reduce the
trailer weight the vehicle can tow.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating
If towing a trailer, the tongue load
must be added to the GVW because
the vehicle will be carrying that
weight, too. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑12 for more information
about the vehicle's maximum load
capacity.
After loading the trailer, weigh
the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold
tires. These numbers can be found
on the Certification/Tire label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12.
Make sure not to go over the GVW
limit for the vehicle, including the
weight of the trailer tongue.
Using a weight-carrying hitch,
the trailer tongue (A) should weigh
10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (B).
9-47
Towing Equipment
Hitches
It is important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by and rough roads are
a few reasons why the right hitch is
needed. Here are some rules to
follow:
.
The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
.
Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If there
are, then be sure to seal the
holes later when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) from
the exhaust can get into the
vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑24 in the Index for more
information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
9-48
Black plate (48,1)
Driving and Operating
Safety Chains
Trailer Brakes
Always attach chains between
the vehicle and the trailer. Cross
the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer to help prevent the
tongue from contacting the road
if it becomes separated from the
hitch. Instructions about safety
chains may be provided by the
hitch manufacturer or by the
trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation
for attaching safety chains and
do not attach them to the bumper.
Always leave just enough slack so
the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not try to tap into the
vehicle's hydraulic brake system.
If you do, both brake systems will
not work well, or at all.
Does your trailer have its own
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so you will be able to install, adjust
and maintain them properly.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Do not add anything
electrical to the vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered
by the vehicle's warranty. Some
add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from
working as they should.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag
system. Before attempting to add
anything electrical to the vehicle,
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑40 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑40.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-2
10-3
10-3
10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-21
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-24
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-29
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-30
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
10-1
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-35
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-36
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-37
10-38
10-38
10-41
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-2
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-43
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . .
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . .
10-63
10-63
10-64
10-65
10-66
10-74
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
General Information
For service and parts needs,
visit your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care
10-3
California Proposition
65 Warning
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Accessories and
Modifications
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance
and safety, including such things
as airbags, braking, stability, ride
and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and
stability control. These accessories
or modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or
the installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-4
Black plate (4,1)
Vehicle Care
module or software modifications,
is not covered under the terms of
the vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. Your GM
dealer can accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories.
When you go to your GM dealer
and ask for GM Accessories, you
will know that GM-trained and
supported service technicians will
perform the work using genuine
GM Accessories.
Also, see Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑40.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{ WARNING
You can be injured and the
vehicle could be damaged if you
try to do service work on a vehicle
without knowing enough about it.
.
Be sure you have sufficient
knowledge, experience,
the proper replacement
parts, and tools before
attempting any vehicle
maintenance task.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Be sure to use the
proper nuts, bolts, and
other fasteners. Metric and
English fasteners can be
easily confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts
can later break or fall off.
You could be hurt.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑13.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑40.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date
of any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on page 11‑9.
10-5
Hood
To open the hood, do the following:
1. Pull the interior hood release
handle with this symbol on it.
It is located to the left of the
parking brake pedal.
2. Then go to the front of the
vehicle and release the
secondary hood latch, located
near the center of the hood front,
by pushing the latch to the right.
3. Lift the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then pull the hood down and close
it firmly.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-6
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
3.5 L V6 Engine Shown, 3.9 L V6 Engine Similar
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
page 10‑25.
H. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
I.
Engine Oil Dipstick.
See “Checking Engine Oil”
under Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
J.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid Dipstick (Out of View).
See “Checking the Fluid Level”
under Automatic Transmission
Fluid on page 10‑12.
B. Battery. See Battery on
page 10‑29.
C. Underhood Fuse Block.
See Engine Compartment
Fuse Block on page 10‑38.
D. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑75.
E. Coolant Recovery Tank.
See “Checking Coolant” under
Cooling System on page 10‑16.
F.
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System on page 10‑16.
G. Power Steering Fluid Cap.
See Power Steering Fluid on
page 10‑24.
K. Brake Master Cylinder
Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid”
under Brakes on page 10‑26.
L.
10-7
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life,
careful attention must be paid
to engine oil. Following these
simple, but important steps will
help protect your investment:
.
Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and
of the proper viscosity grade.
See “Selecting the Right Engine
Oil” in this section.
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine
Oil Life System on page 10‑11.
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
on page 10‑15.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-8
Black plate (8,1)
Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the
engine oil level at each fuel fill.
In order to get an accurate
reading, the vehicle must be
on level ground. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a yellow loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of
the engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean
it with a paper towel or cloth,
then push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick,
add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended
oil and then recheck the level.
See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
Notice: Do not add too much
oil. Oil levels above or below
the acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that
you have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine
could be damaged. You should
drain out the excess oil or limit
driving of the vehicle and seek a
service professional to remove
the excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade:
Specification
Use and ask for engine oils with
the dexos™ certification mark.
Oils meeting the requirements of
the vehicle should have the dexos
certification mark on the container.
This certification mark indicates that
the oil has been approved to the
dexos specification.
This vehicle was filled at the factory
with dexos‐approved engine oil.
Notice: Use only engine oil
that is approved to the dexos
specification or an equivalent
engine oil of the appropriate
viscosity grade. Engine
oils approved to the dexos
specification will show the
dexos symbol on the container.
10-9
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can
result in engine damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If you are unsure whether the
oil is approved to the dexos
specification, ask your service
provider.
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if
dexos is unavailable: In the event
that dexos‐approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or
for maintaining proper oil level,
you may use substitute engine oil
displaying the API Starburst symbol
and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-10
Black plate (10,1)
Vehicle Care
Use of oils that do not meet the
dexos specification, however, may
result in reduced performance under
certain circumstances.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not
use other viscosity oils such as
SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation:
In an area of extreme cold,
where the temperature falls
below −29°C (−20°F), an
SAE 0W-30 oil should be used.
An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting
for the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an
oil of the appropriate viscosity
grade, be sure to always select
an oil that meets the required
specification, dexos. See
“Specification” earliern in this
section for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil.
The recommended oils with the
dexos specification and displaying
the dexos certification mark are all
that is needed for good performance
and engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
10-11
What to Do with Used Oil
Engine Oil Life System
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy
for your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
When to Change Engine Oil
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the
oil from the filter before disposal.
Never dispose of oil by putting
it in the trash or pouring it on the
ground, into sewers, or into streams
or bodies of water. Recycle it by
taking it to a place that collects
used oil.
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on engine revolutions and engine
temperature, and not on mileage.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably.
For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset
every time the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished,
it indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-12
Black plate (12,1)
Vehicle Care
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5‑33. Change the oil as
soon as possible within the next
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible
that, if driving under the best
conditions, the oil life system
might indicate that an oil change
is not necessary for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and,
at this time, the system must be
reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform
this work and reset the system.
It is also important to check the
oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep
it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset
the engine oil life to 100% after
every oil change. It will not reset
itself. To reset the system:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC.
2. Press and hold the SET/RESET
button on the DIC for more than
five seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
A good time to check the automatic
transmission fluid level is when the
engine oil is changed.
Change the fluid and filter at
the intervals listed in Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑2, and be
sure to use the transmission fluid
listed in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Because this operation can be a
little difficult, it may be decided to
have this done at the dealer service
department.
If not taken to the dealer, be sure to
follow all the instructions here, or a
false reading on the dipstick could
result.
Notice: Too much or too
little fluid can damage the
transmission. Too much can
mean that some of the fluid
could come out and fall on
hot engine parts or exhaust
system parts, starting a fire.
Too little fluid could cause
the transmission to overheat.
Be sure to get an accurate
reading if checking the
transmission fluid.
Wait at least 30 minutes before
checking the transmission fluid
level if you have been driving:
.
When outside temperatures are
above 32°C (90°F).
.
At high speed for quite a while.
.
In heavy traffic — especially in
hot weather.
.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading, the fluid
should be at normal operating
temperature, which is 82°C to 93°C
(180°F to 200°F).
Get the vehicle warmed up by
driving about 24 km (15 mi) when
outside temperatures are above
10°C (50°F). If it is colder than
10°C (50°F), the vehicle may
have to be driven longer.
10-13
Checking the Fluid Level
Prepare your vehicle as follows:
1. Park the vehicle on a level
place. Keep the engine running.
2. With the parking brake applied,
place the shift lever in P (Park).
3. With your foot on the brake
pedal, move the shift lever
through each gear range,
pausing for about three seconds
in each range. Then, position
the shift lever in P (Park).
4. Let the engine run at idle for
three to five minutes.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-14
Black plate (14,1)
Vehicle Care
Then, without shutting off the
engine, follow these steps:
1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait
three seconds, and then pull it
back out again.
How to Add Fluid
Refer to Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6 to
determine what kind of transmission
fluid to use.
If the fluid level is low, add only
enough of the proper fluid to bring
the level into the cross-hatched
area on the dipstick.
The transmission fluid dipstick
handle is the black loop with
this symbol on it. It is located
near the rear of the engine
compartment.
See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for
more information on location.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick,
and read the lower level.
The fluid level must be in
the cross-hatched area.
4. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add
enough fluid at the dipstick hole
to bring it to the proper level.
It does not take much fluid,
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
Do not overfill.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care
Notice: Use of the incorrect
automatic transmission fluid
may damage the vehicle, and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
the automatic transmission fluid
listed in Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6.
3. After adding fluid, recheck the
fluid level as described under
“How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid,” earlier
in this section.
4. When the correct fluid level is
obtained, push the dipstick back
in all the way.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is
located in the engine compartment
on the driver side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for more information
on location.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
10-15
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter do the following:
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at
the scheduled maintenance
intervals and replace it at the first
oil change after each (80 000 km
(50,000 mi) interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more
information. If driving in dusty/dirty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
engine oil change.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required.
1. Lift the filter cover tabs on top
of the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-16
Black plate (16,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you
or others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
2. Push the filter cover housing
toward the engine.
3. Pull out the filter.
4. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
off, dirt can easily get into the
engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
in place when you are driving.
3.5 L V6 Engine Shown,
3.9 L V6 Engine Similar
5. To reinstall the cover, position
the tabs through the hinges on
the housing.
A. Coolant Recovery Tank
6. Push the cover tabs on top of
the housing to lock the cover in
place.
C. Electric Engine Cooling Fan
(Out of View)
B. Pressure Cap
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up
even when the engine is not
running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
{ WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Do not run the engine if there
is a leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
Notice: Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
coolant could require changing
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
or 24 months, whichever occurs
first. Any repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.
10-17
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle
is filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑21.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-18
Black plate (18,1)
Vehicle Care
What to Use
{ WARNING
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is
set for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get
too hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−47°F), outside
temperature.
.
Gives boiling protection up
to 129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.
Will not damage aluminum parts.
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Notice: If an improper coolant
mixture is used, the engine could
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Too much water in the mixture
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core, and other
parts.
Notice: If extra inhibitors
and/or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system,
the vehicle could be damaged.
Use only the proper mixture of
the engine coolant listed in this
manual for the cooling system.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6 for
more information.
Never dispose of engine coolant
by putting it in the trash, pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water.
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible
in the coolant recovery tank. If the
coolant inside the coolant recovery
tank is boiling, do not do anything
else until it cools down. If coolant is
visible but the coolant level is not at
or above the COLD FILL line, add
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant recovery tank, but be sure
the cooling system is cool before
this is done.
The coolant recovery tank is
located in the rear of the engine
compartment on the passenger
side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6.
10-19
When the engine is cold, the coolant
level should be at or above the
COLD FILL line on the coolant
recovery tank. To check the coolant
level, look for the COLD FILL line on
the side of the coolant recovery tank
that faces the engine. If the level is
not correct, there may be a leak in
the cooling system.
Notice: This vehicle has a
specific coolant fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure
could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely
damaged.
How to Add Coolant to the
Recovery Tank
When the coolant level in the
coolant recovery tank is at the
COLD FILL line, start the vehicle.
{ WARNING
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
If coolant is needed, add the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
coolant recovery tank.
If the overheat warning continues,
there is one more thing you can try.
The proper coolant mixture can be
added directly to the cooling system
through the coolant fill neck on the
engine, but be sure the system is
cool before doing it.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-20
Black plate (20,1)
Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator
{ WARNING
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up
even when the engine is not
running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
{ WARNING
Steam and scalding liquids
from a hot cooling system can
blow out and burn you badly.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
They are under pressure, and if
you turn the surge tank pressure
cap — even a little — they can
come out at high speed. Never
turn the cap when the cooling
system, including the surge tank
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and surge tank
pressure cap to cool if you ever
have to turn the pressure cap.
If coolant is needed, add the proper
mixture directly to the radiator, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
1. Remove the pressure cap when
the cooling system, including
the pressure cap and upper
radiator hose is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise.
If a hiss is heard, wait for that to
stop. A hiss means that there is
still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
and remove it.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care
3. Fill the cooling system with
the proper DEX-COOL coolant
mixture, up to the base of the
filler neck. See “What to use”
for more information about the
proper coolant mixture. Rinse or
wipe any spilled coolant from the
engine and the compartment.
5. Install the coolant recovery
tank cap and the pressure cap.
After a day or two of driving,
when the engine is cold, check
the coolant level in the recovery
tank. If it is low, refill it to the
COLD FILL line.
If the coolant in the recovery tank
is constantly low, have a dealer
service department inspect the
vehicle for leaks.
Notice: If the pressure cap is
not tightly installed, coolant loss
and possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
4. Then fill the coolant recovery
tank to the COLD FILL line.
10-21
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.
There is a coolant temperature
gauge and a warning light on
the instrument panel that indicate
an overheated engine condition.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge on page 5‑13 and Engine
Coolant Temperature Warning Light
on page 5‑23.
In addition, there is an ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
and an ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE message displayed
on the vehicle Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling
System Messages on page 5‑32
for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-22
Black plate (22,1)
Vehicle Care
If it is decided not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, but
instead get service help right away,
see Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
If it is decided to lift the hood, make
sure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.
Notice: Engine damage from
running the engine without
coolant is not covered by the
warranty.
Notice: If the engine catches fire
while driving with no coolant, the
vehicle can be badly damaged.
The costly repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. See Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode on
page 10‑24 for information on
driving to a safe place in an
emergency.
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{ WARNING
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Turn it off
and get everyone away from the
vehicle until it cools down. Wait
until there is no sign of steam
or coolant before you open
the hood.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care
10-23
If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
If you keep driving when the
vehicles engine is overheated,
the liquids in it can catch fire.
You or others could be badly
burned. Stop the engine if it
overheats, and get out of the
vehicle until the engine is cool.
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
1. Turn the air off.
.
Climbs a long hill on a hot day
See Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode on
page 10‑24 for information on
driving to a safe place in an
emergency.
.
Stops after high-speed driving
.
Idles for long periods in traffic
.
Tows a trailer
WARNING (Continued)
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park)
or N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-24
Black plate (24,1)
Vehicle Care
If the temperature overheat gauge
is no longer in the overheat zone
or an overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull
over, stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam,
idle the engine for three minutes
while parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. Also, see "Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode"
in this section.
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode
This emergency operating
mode allows the vehicle to
be driven to a safe place in
an emergency situation. If an
overheated engine condition
exists, an overheat protection
mode which alternates firing
groups of cylinders helps prevent
engine damage. In this mode,
a significant loss in power and
engine performance will be noticed.
The coolant temperature gauge
will indicate an overheat condition
exists. Driving extended km (mi)
and/or towing a trailer in the
overheat protection mode should
be avoided.
Notice: After driving in the
overheated engine protection
operating mode, to avoid engine
damage, allow the engine to cool
before attempting any repair.
The engine oil will be severely
degraded. Repair the cause of
coolant loss, change the oil
and reset the oil life system.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
Power Steering Fluid
The power steering fluid
reservoir is located toward the
rear of the engine compartment on
the passenger side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care
When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
4. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless
there is a leak suspected in the
system or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
5. Remove the cap again and look
at the fluid level on the dipstick.
How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
To check the power steering fluid,
do the following:
1. Turn the key off and let the
engine compartment cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
The fluid level should
be somewhere within the
cross‐hatched area on the
dipstick. If the fluid is at the
ADD mark, fluid should be
added.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6. Always
use the proper fluid.
Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid
may damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Always
use the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6.
10-25
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When the vehicle needs windshield
washer fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may
fall below freezing, use a fluid that
has sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
A WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID message will be displayed
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC) when windshield washer fluid
needs to be added to the vehicle.
See Washer Fluid Messages on
page 5‑38 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-26
Black plate (26,1)
Vehicle Care
.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid
until the tank is full.
.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for more information
on location.
Notice:
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer's instructions
for adding water.
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
Also, water does not clean as
well as washer fluid.
Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full
when it is very cold. This
allows for fluid expansion
if freezing occurs, which
could damage the tank if
it is completely full.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
Brakes
This vehicle has disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying
the brake pedal firmly.
{ WARNING
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have
the vehicle serviced.
Notice: Continuing to drive with
worn-out brake pads could result
in costly brake repair.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when
the brakes are first applied or
lightly applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Brake Adjustment
Properly torqued wheel nuts
are necessary to help prevent
brake pulsation. When tires are
rotated, inspect brake pads for
wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts
in the proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a
sign that brake service might
be required.
10-27
Brake Fluid
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes — for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for the location of the
reservoir.
There are only two reasons why
the brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.
The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
.
A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-28
Black plate (28,1)
Vehicle Care
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a
leak. If fluid is added when the
linings are worn, there will be too
much fluid when new brake linings
are installed. Add or remove brake
fluid, as necessary, only when work
is done on the brake hydraulic
system.
{ WARNING
If too much brake fluid is added,
it can spill on the engine and
burn, if the engine is hot enough.
You or others could be burned,
and the vehicle could be
damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑20.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake
fluid from a sealed container.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6.
Notice:
.
Using the wrong fluid
can badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts.
For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil,
such as engine oil, in the
brake hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic
system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.
.
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not
to spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it
off immediately.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area
around the cap before removing it.
This helps keep dirt from entering
the reservoir.
{ WARNING
With the wrong kind of fluid in
the brake hydraulic system,
the brakes might not work well.
This could cause a crash. Always
use the proper brake fluid.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care
Battery
Vehicle Storage
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for battery location.
{ DANGER
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
{ WARNING
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑75 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
10-29
Starter Switch Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking
brake and the regular brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑29.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-30
Black plate (30,1)
Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{
WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check,
be sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should
be parked on a level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking
brake. See Parking Brake on
page 9‑29.
Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.
The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the
shift lever is in P (Park).
.
The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake,
set the parking brake.
.
.
To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift
to P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
10-31
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should
be inspected for wear or cracking.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑2 for more information
on wiper blade inspection.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed
in different ways. Here's how to
remove the wiper blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper arm
connector away from the
windshield.
2. While holding the wiper arm,
pull the clip up from the blade
connecting point, and pull the
blade assembly down toward the
windshield to remove it from the
wiper arm.
3. Install the new wiper blade onto
the wiper arm and snap the clip
down into place.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-32
Black plate (32,1)
Vehicle Care
To remove and replace the wiper
blade element do the following:
1. The wiper blade element has
two notches at one end which
are engaged by the bottom claw
set of the wiper blade. At the
notched end of the wiper blade,
pull the wiper blade element
from the wiper blade assembly.
4. Be sure the two wiper blade
element notches are engaged
by the last claw set, and that
all the other claws are properly
engaged in the slots of the wiper
blade element on both sides.
2. To replace the element, start at
the heel end of the wiper blade,
which is the end nearest to
the base of the wiper arm, and
slide the wiper blade element,
notched end last, into the wiper
blade claw sets.
3. To engage the last claw into the
notched end of the wiper blade
element, squeeze the wiper
blade element at the notched
area, and push the wiper blade
element so the claw fits into the
notch.
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset
at the factory and should need no
further adjustment.
However, if the vehicle is damaged
in a crash, the headlamp aim may
be affected. Aim adjustment to
the low-beam headlamps may be
necessary if oncoming drivers flash
their high-beam headlamps at you
(for vertical aim).
If the headlamps need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle be taken to the dealer
for service.
A. Correct Installation
B. Incorrect Installation
For the proper type and size
of windshield wiper blades,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts on page 11‑8.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10‑37.
10-33
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
A. Sidemarker
2. Remove the screw from the
headlamp assembly.
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
B. Low-Beam Headlamp
C. High-Beam Headlamp
D. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-34
Black plate (34,1)
Vehicle Care
6. Turn the old bulb
counterclockwise and
remove it from the retaining
ring by pulling it away from
the headlamp.
7. Remove the electrical connector
from the bulb by raising the lock
tab and pulling the connector
away from the bulb's base.
8. Install the electrical connector to
the bulb.
3. Pull up on the plastic headlamp
retainer and remove it.
4. Pull the headlamp assembly
away from the vehicle and
remove the electrical connector.
5. Remove the round dust caps to
gain access to the bulbs.
9. Install the new bulb by inserting
the smallest tab on the bulb
base into the matching notch in
the retaining ring. Turn the bulb
a quarter-turn clockwise until it
stops.
10. Reinstall the dust caps.
11. Push the headlamp assembly
toward the vehicle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care
10-35
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
12. Push down on the plastic
headlamp retainer to reinstall it.
13. Reinstall the screw from the
headlamp assembly.
A. Rear Sidemarker Lamp
B. Back-up Lamp
C. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-36
Black plate (36,1)
Vehicle Care
9. Push the new bulb straight in
until it clicks to install it.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑10.
10. Reverse steps 1 through 7 to
reinstall.
2. Remove the convenience net
(if equipped). Unhook the net
from the upper wing nut.
License Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Turn the lamp assembly
counterclockwise and pull
the lamp assembly out of the
connector.
3. Turn the upper wing nut
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Pull the carpet away from the
rear of the vehicle.
5. Turn the two hex nuts
counterclockwise to
remove them.
2. Pull the old bulb from the lamp
assembly, keeping the bulb
straight as you pull it out.
6. Pull out the taillamp assembly
and disconnect the wiring
harness.
3. Install the new bulb.
7. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it.
8. Pull the old bulb straight out to
remove it.
4. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to
reinstall the license plate lamp.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp
Back-Up
Front Parking/
Turn Signal
License
Plate Lamp
Bulb
Number
921LL
3157NAK
194LL
Headlamps
High-Beam
Low-Beam
H9
H11
Sidemarker
194LL
Stoplamp,
Taillamp, and
Turn Signal
3057
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
10-37
Electrical System
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
the following in the vehicle:
Electrical System
Overload
.
Headlamp Wiring
.
Windshield Wiper Motor
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
.
Power Windows and Other
Power Accessories
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed.
This greatly reduces the chance
of circuit overload and fire caused
by electrical problems.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road
and a fuse needs to be replaced,
the same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-38
Black plate (38,1)
Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have
the headlamp wiring checked right
away if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using
the windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow
or ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle
are protected from short circuits by
a combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The Engine Compartment Fuse
Block is in the engine compartment.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for more information
on location.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
keep the covers on any electrical
component.
The vehicle may not have all of the
fuses, relays, and features shown.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
A/C CMPRSR
Air Conditioning
Compressor
ABS MTR 1
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Motor 1
ABS MTR 2
ABS Motor 2
AIR PUMP
Air Pump
AIR SOL
Air Injection
Reactor Solenoid
AIRBAG/
DISPLAY
Airbag, Display
AUX PWR
Auxiliary Power
BATT 1
Battery 1
BATT 2
Battery 2
BATT 3
Battery 3
BATT 4
Battery 4
BCM
Body Control
Module (BCM)
Fuses
Usage
CHMSL/
BCK‐UP
Center
High‐Mounted
Stoplamp,
Back‐up Lamp
DISPLAY
Display
DRL 1
Daytime Running
Lamps 1
DRL 2
Daytime Running
Lamps 2
ECM IGN
ECM/TCM
Fuses
10-39
Usage
ETC/ECM
Electronic
Throttle
Control, ECM
FAN 1
Cooling Fan 1
FAN 2
Cooling Fan 2
FOG LAMPS
Fog Lamps
(If Equipped)
FUEL/PUMP
Fuel Pump
Engine Control
Module (ECM),
Ignition
HDLP MDL
Headlamp
Module
HORN
Horn
ECM,
Transmission
Control
Module (TCM)
HTD MIR
Heated Mirror
INJ 1
Injector 1
INJ 2
Injector 2
INT LIGHTS
Interior Lamps
EMISSIONS 1 Emissions 1
EMISSIONS 2 Emissions 2
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-40
Black plate (40,1)
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
INT LTS/
PNL DIM
Interior Lamps,
Instrument Panel
Dimmer
RT LO BEAM
Passenger Side
Low‐Beam
Headlamp
LT HI BEAM
Driver Side
High‐Beam
Headlamp
RT PARK
Passenger Side
Parking Lamp
RT SPOT
Right Spot
LT LO BEAM
Driver Side
Low‐Beam
Headlamp
RT T/SIG
Passenger Side
Turn Signal Lamp
LT PARK
Driver Side
Parking Lamp
RVC SEN
Regulated
Voltage Control
Sensor
LT SPOT
Left Spot
STRG WHL
Steering Wheel
LT T/SIG
Driver Side Turn
Signal Lamp
STRTR
Starter
ONSTAR
OnStar®
TRANS
Transmission
PWR DROP/
CRANK
Power Drop,
Crank
WPR
Wiper
WSW
Windshield Wiper
RADIO
Audio System
RT HI BEAM
Passenger Side
High‐Beam
Headlamp
Usage
Relay
Usage
A/C
CMPRSR
Air Conditioning
Compressor
FAN 1
Cooling Fan 1
FAN 2
Cooling Fan 2
FAN 3
Cooling Fan 3
FUEL/PUMP
Fuel Pump
PWR/TRN
Powertrain
REAR
DEFOG
Rear Defogger
STRTR
Starter
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
Fuses
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
The fuse block is on the passenger
side of the vehicle in the carpet
molding. Remove the fuse block
door to access the fuses.
10-41
Usage
AIRBAG
Airbags
AMP
Amplifier
AUX
Auxiliary Outlets
CNSTR
Canister
DR/LCK
Door Locks
HTD/SEAT
Heated Seats
PWR/MIR
Power Mirrors
PWR/SEAT
Power Seats
PWR/WNDW Power Window
RAP
Retained
Accessory Power
S/ROOF
Sunroof
TRUNK
Trunk
TRUNK
Trunk Relay
XM
XM™ Radio
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-42
Black plate (42,1)
Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires
Tires
WARNING (Continued)
.
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by
a leading tire manufacturer.
See the warranty manual
for information regarding
the tire warranty and where
to get service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
.
{ WARNING
.
.
Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout and
a serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑12.
(Continued)
.
Underinflated tires pose the
same danger as overloaded
tires. The resulting crash
could cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure
should be checked when
the tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.
Worn or old tires can cause
a crash. If the tread is badly
worn, replace them.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Replace any tires that have
been damaged by impacts
with potholes, curbs, etc.
.
Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only the
dealer or an authorized tire
service center should repair,
replace, dismount, and mount
the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 55 km/h (35 mph)
on slippery surfaces such
as snow, mud, ice, etc.
Excessive spinning may
cause the tires to explode.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a
tire is molded into its sidewall.
The examples below show a
typical passenger vehicle tire
and a compact spare tire
sidewall.
Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example
(A) Tire Size: The tire size
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.
(B) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(C) DOT (Department
of Transportation): The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that
the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department
of Transportation Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
10-43
(D) Tire Identification
Number (TIN): The letters
and numbers following the DOT
(Department of Transportation)
code are the Tire Identification
Number (TIN). The TIN shows
the manufacturer and plant
code, tire size, and date the tire
was manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(E) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(F) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG): Tire
manufacturers are required
to grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10‑61.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-44
Black plate (44,1)
Vehicle Care
(G) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed
to support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(A) Tire Ply Material: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(B) Temporary Use Only:
The compact spare tire or
temporary use tire has a tread
life of approximately 5 000 km
(3,000 mi) and should not be
driven at speeds over 105 km/h
(65 mph). The compact spare
tire is for emergency use when
a regular road tire has lost air
and gone flat. If the vehicle
has a compact spare tire,
see Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑74 and If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10‑65.
(C) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code is the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant
code, tire size, and date
the tire was manufactured.
The TIN is molded onto both
sides of the tire, although only
one side may have the date
of manufacture.
(D) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed
to support that load.
(E) Tire Inflation: The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated
to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care
(F) Tire Size: A combination
of letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(G) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example
of a typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire:
The United States version of
a metric tire sizing system.
The letter P as the first
character in the tire size
means a passenger vehicle
tire engineered to standards
set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Association.
10-45
(B) Tire Width: The three‐digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit
number that indicates the tire
height‐to‐width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item C of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(D) Construction Code: A
letter code is used to indicate
the type of ply construction in
the tire. The letter R means
radial ply construction; the
letter D means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the
letter B means belted‐bias ply
construction.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-46
Black plate (46,1)
Vehicle Care
(E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(F) Service Description: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure: The amount
of air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch
of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in psi (pounds per
square inch) or kPa (kilopascal).
Accessory Weight: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are,
automatic transmission, power
steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between
the plies and the tread. Cords
may be made from steel or
other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the plies are laid
at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline
of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10‑49.
Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including
the maximum capacity of fuel,
oil, and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care
DOT Markings: A code
molded into the sidewall of
a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑12.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle
Weight Rating for the front axle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle
Weight Rating for the rear axle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12.
Maximum Load Rating:
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
10-47
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:
The number of occupants a
vehicle is designed to seat
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs).
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that has a particular side that
faces outward when mounted
on a vehicle. The side of the
tire that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-48
Black plate (48,1)
Vehicle Care
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
A tire used on passenger cars
and some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as
shown on the tire placard.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49 and Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑12.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire
that comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires on page 10‑57.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire
Quality Grading Standards):
A tire information system
that provides consumers
with ratings for a tire's traction,
temperature, and treadwear.
Ratings are determined
by tire manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
See Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10‑61.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:
The number of designated
seating positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑12.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Tire Pressure
Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the
original equipment tire size
and recommended inflation
pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑12.
Notice: Neither tire
underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
Tires need the correct amount
of air pressure to operate
effectively.
.
Tire overloading and
over-heating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
10-49
Overinflated tires, or tires
that have too much air, can
result in:
.
Unusual wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label
is attached to the vehicle.
This label shows the vehicle's
original equipment tires and the
correct inflation pressures for
the tires when they are cold.
The recommended cold tire
inflation pressure, shown on the
label, is the minimum amount of
air pressure needed to support
the vehicle's maximum load
carrying capacity.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-50
Black plate (50,1)
Vehicle Care
For additional information
regarding how much weight
the vehicle can carry, and
an example of the Tire and
Loading Information label,
see Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12. How you load the
vehicle affects vehicle handling
and ride comfort. Never load
the vehicle with more weight
than it was designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget to check the
compact spare tire, if the vehicle
has one. The compact spare
should be at 420 kPa (60 psi).
For additional information
regarding the compact spare
tire, see Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑74.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
You cannot tell if the tires are
properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they are underinflated. Check
the tire's inflation pressure when
the tires are cold. Cold means
the vehicle has been sitting for
at least three hours or driven
no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label,
no further adjustment is
necessary. If the inflation
pressure is low, add air until
you reach the recommended
amount.
If you overfill the tire, release
air by pushing on the metal stem
in the center of the tire valve.
Re‐check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Be sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by
keeping out dirt and moisture.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to
a receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare
(if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale when one or
more of your tires is significantly
under‐inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on
a significantly under‐inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and
tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
10-51
Please note that the TPMS is
not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct
tire pressure, even if under‐inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start‐ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-52
Black plate (52,1)
Vehicle Care
When the malfunction indicator
is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low
tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑52 for
additional information.
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and
Industry Canada
See Radio Frequency
Statement on page 13‑17 for
information regarding Part 15
of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-210/220/310.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn
the driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure
in the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑12.
A message to check the pressure
in a specific tire displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
The low tire pressure warning
light and the DIC warning message
come on at each ignition cycle until
the tires are inflated to the correct
inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
tire pressure levels can be viewed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care
For additional information and
details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 and
Tire Messages on page 5‑37.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven.
This could be an early indicator
that the air pressure is getting low
and needs to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information
label shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑12, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10‑49.
The TPMS can warn about a
low tire pressure condition but
it does not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10‑56, Tire Rotation on
page 10‑56, and Tires on
page 10‑42.
Notice: Tire sealant materials are
not all the same. A non-approved
tire sealant could damage the
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
damage caused by using
an incorrect tire sealant is
not covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use only
the GM-approved tire sealant
available through your dealer
or included in the vehicle.
10-53
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function
properly if one or more of the
TPMS sensors are missing or
inoperable. When the system
detects a malfunction, the low tire
pressure warning light flashes for
about one minute and then stays
on for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the problem
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
.
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire.
The spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road
tire is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-54
.
.
Black plate (54,1)
Vehicle Care
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or
not completed successfully
after rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process.
See “TPMS Sensor Matching
Process” later in this section.
One or more TPMS sensors
are missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process
is performed successfully.
See your dealer for service.
.
.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10‑58.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a
new tire/wheel position after rotating
the vehicle’s tires or replacing
one or more of the TPMS sensors.
Also, the TPMS sensor matching
process should be performed after
replacing a spare tire with a road
tire containing the TPMS sensor.
The malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care
There are two minutes to match
the first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all
four tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Press the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q
and " buttons at the same time
for approximately five seconds.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays
on the DIC screen.
4. Start with the driver side
front tire.
5. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button
to activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
6. Proceed to the passenger
side front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
7. Proceed to the passenger
side rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
10-55
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 5. The horn sounds
two times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
10. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-56
Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection
GM recommends that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
.
Black plate (56,1)
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires on page 10‑57 and Wheel
Replacement on page 10‑63.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated
every 12 000 km (7,500 mi).
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑2.
The purpose of a regular tire
rotation is to achieve a uniform
wear for all tires on the vehicle.
This will ensure that the vehicle
continues to perform most like it
did when the tires were new.
Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate the tires as soon
as possible and check wheel
alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels.
When rotating the vehicle's tires,
always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care
After the tires have been
rotated, adjust the front and rear
inflation pressures as shown on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49 and Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑12.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10‑52.
Make certain that all wheel
nuts are properly tightened.
See “Wheel Nut Torque” under
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where
the wheel attaches to the vehicle.
In an emergency, use a cloth or
a paper towel to do this; but be
sure to use a scraper or wire
brush later, if needed, to get all
the rust or dirt off. See If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10‑65.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
10-57
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one
way to tell when it is time for new
tires. Treadwear indicators appear
when the tires have only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-58
Black plate (58,1)
Vehicle Care
See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56
and Tire Rotation on page 10‑56 for
more information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies for the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple conditions
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. Tires will typically
need to be replaced due to wear
before they may need to be
replaced due to age. Consult the tire
manufacturer for more information
on when tires should be replaced.
Vehicle Storage
Buying New Tires
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle.
Park a vehicle that will be stored
for at least a month in a cool, dry,
clean area away from direct sunlight
to slow aging. This area should be
free of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle.
The original equipment tires
installed on the vehicle, when
it was new, were designed
to meet General Motors
Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. If you need
replacement tires, GM strongly
recommends that you get
tires with the same TPC Spec
rating. This way, the vehicle
will continue to have tires that
are designed to give the same
performance and vehicle safety,
during normal use, as the
original tires.
Parking for an extended period
can cause flat spots on the tires
that may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires
or raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that
impact the overall performance
of the vehicle, including brake
system performance, ride
and handling, traction control,
and tire pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all‐season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by an MS
for mud and snow. See Tire
Sidewall Labeling on page 10‑43
for additional information.
GM recommends replacing tires
in sets of four. This is because
uniform tread depth on all tires
will help keep the vehicle
performing most like it did
when the tires were new.
Replacing less than a full set
of tires can affect the braking
and handling performance of the
vehicle. See Tire Inspection on
page 10‑56 and Tire Rotation on
page 10‑56 for information on
proper tire rotation.
{ WARNING
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting to
mount or dismount a tire could
cause injury or death. Only your
dealer or authorized tire service
center should mount or dismount
the tires.
10-59
{ WARNING
Mixing tires could cause you
to lose control while driving.
If you mix tires of different
sizes, brands, or types
(radial and bias-belted tires),
the vehicle may not handle
properly, and you could have
a crash. Using tires of different
sizes, brands, or types may
also cause damage to the
vehicle. Be sure to use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels. It is
all right to drive with the
compact spare temporarily,
as it was developed for use
on the vehicle. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 10‑74.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-60
Black plate (60,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If you must replace the vehicle's
tires with those that do not
have a TPC Spec number,
make sure they are the same
size, load range, speed rating,
and construction type (radial
and bias‐belted tires) as the
vehicle's original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low‐pressure warning if
non‐TPC Spec rated tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Non‐TPC Spec rated tires may
give a low‐pressure warning
that is higher or lower than the
proper warning level you would
get with TPC Spec rated tires.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑51.
The vehicle's original equipment
tires are listed on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12 for more information
about the Tire and Loading
Information label and its
location on the vehicle.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, and electronic stability
control, the performance of these
systems can also be affected.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
If different sized wheels
are used, there may not
be an acceptable level of
performance and safety if
tires not recommended for
those wheels are selected.
This increases the chance of
a crash and serious injury.
Only use GM specific wheel
and tire systems developed
for the vehicle, and have them
properly installed by a GM
certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10‑58 and Accessories
and Modifications on page 10‑3
for additional information.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires
by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance.
This applies only to vehicles
sold in the United States.
The grades are molded on the
sidewalls of most passenger car
tires. The Uniform Tire Quality
10-61
Grading (UTQG) system
does not apply to deep
tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver, or temporary use
spare tires, tires with nominal
rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches
(25 to 30 cm), or to some
limited-production tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary
with respect to these grades,
they must also conform to
federal safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition
To These Grades.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-62
Black plate (62,1)
Vehicle Care
Treadwear
Traction – AA, A, B, C
Temperature – A, B, C
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based
on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified
government test course.
For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and a
half (1½) times as well on
the government course as
a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in
driving habits, service
practices and differences
in road characteristics and
climate.
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on
wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions
on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based
on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
The temperature grades
are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire
to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B
and A represent higher
levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care
Warning: The temperature
grade for this tire is established
for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.
Wheel Replacement
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
The tires and wheels were
aligned and balanced at the
factory to provide the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
Adjustments to wheel alignment and
tire balancing will not be necessary
on a regular basis. However, check
the alignment if there is unusual tire
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to
one side or the other. If the vehicle
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your
dealer for proper diagnosis.
Each new wheel should have
the same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the
one it replaces.
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep
coming loose, the wheel, wheel
bolts, and wheel nuts should be
replaced. If the wheel leaks air,
replace it. Some aluminum wheels
can be repaired. See your dealer
if any of these conditions exist.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts,
wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
10-63
{ WARNING
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling
of the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Notice: The wrong wheel can
also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling,
speedometer or odometer
calibration, headlamp aim,
bumper height, vehicle ground
clearance, and tire or tire chain
clearance to the body and
chassis.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑65 for more information.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-64
Black plate (64,1)
Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels
Tire Chains
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire
chains could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and you or
others may be injured in a crash.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for use on the
vehicle and tire size combination
and road conditions. Follow
that manufacturer's instructions.
To help avoid damage to the
vehicle, drive slowly, readjust
or remove the device if it is
contacting the vehicle, and do not
spin the vehicle's wheels. If you
do find traction devices that will
fit, install them on the front tires.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while you are driving, especially
if you maintain the vehicle's tires
properly. If air goes out of a tire,
it is much more likely to leak out
slowly. But if you should ever have
a blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot
off the accelerator pedal and grip
the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction
you would use in a skid. In any rear
blowout remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle
under control by steering the way
you want the vehicle to go. It may
be very bumpy and noisy, but you
can still steer. Gently brake to a
stop, well off the road, if possible.
{ WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause
a blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a
tire that has been driven on
while severely underinflated
or flat. Have your dealer or an
authorized tire service center
repair or replace the flat tire as
soon as possible.
10-65
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting
under it to do maintenance or
repairs is dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-66
Black plate (66,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can
slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death.
Find a level place to change the
tire. To help prevent the vehicle
from moving:
When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement
of wheel blocks (A).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
The equipment you will need is
located in the trunk.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑10.
2. Remove the convenience net if
the vehicle has one.
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission shift lever in
P (Park), or shift a manual
transmission to 1 (First) or
R (Reverse).
Tire Changing
3. Remove the spare tire cover.
A. Wheel Block
B. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on
both sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
4. Turn the wing nut
counterclockwise and remove it.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care
10-67
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
5. Remove the compact spare tire.
This vehicle may have aluminum
wheels with exposed wheel nuts.
Use the wheel wrench to loosen
all the wheel nuts. Do not remove
them yet.
Or, this vehicle may have steel
wheels with plastic covers.
6. Turn the nut holding the jack
counterclockwise and remove it.
Then remove the jack and
wrench.
The tools you will need to change a
tire include the jack (A), extension
and protection guide (B), and wheel
wrench (C).
To remove the plastic covers and
wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
counterclockwise direction.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-68
Black plate (68,1)
Vehicle Care
If needed, finish loosening them
with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
If needed, use the flat end of the
wheel wrench and pry along the
edge of the cover until it comes off.
The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove
it with your bare hands. Do not
drop the cover or lay it face down,
as it could become scratched or
damaged. Store the wheel cover
in the trunk until the flat tire is
repaired or replaced.
Once you have removed the wheel
cover, use the following procedure
to remove the flat tire and install the
spare tire.
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10‑65.
2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise once on
each wheel nut to loosen it.
Do not remove them yet.
3. For all wheel types, find
the jacking location using
the diagram above and the
corresponding jacking notches
located on the bottom side of the
plastic molding. The notches in
the plastic molding are marked
with a triangle shape to help you
find them.
The front location is about
17.7 cm (7.0 in) from the rear
edge of the front wheel well.
The rear location is about
11.4 cm (4.5 in) from the front
edge of the rear wheel well.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care
4. Put the compact spare tire
near you.
{ WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it
is jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack you could
be badly injured or killed. Never
get under a vehicle when it is
supported only by a jack.
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the
jack improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack
lift head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
10-69
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting
under it to do maintenance or
repairs is dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
5. Raise the vehicle by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Raise
the vehicle far enough off the
ground to install the compact
spare tire.
6. Remove all wheel nuts and the
flat tire.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-70
Black plate (70,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle.
In an emergency, use a cloth or
a paper towel to do this; but be
sure to use a scraper or wire
brush later, if needed, to get all
the rust or dirt off. See If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10‑65.
7. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces,
and spare wheel.
8. Install the compact spare tire.
{ WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
9. Reinstall the wheel nuts with
the rounded end of the nuts
toward the wheel. Tighten each
nut clockwise by hand until the
wheel is held against the hub.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care
10-71
WARNING (Continued)
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the
torque specification supplied by
the aftermarket manufacturer
when using accessory locking
wheel nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
10. Lower the vehicle by
turning the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lower
the jack completely.
{ WARNING
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
(Continued)
Notice: Improperly tightened
wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage.
To avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts
in the proper sequence and to
the proper torque specification.
See Capacities and Specifications
on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
11. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
in a crisscross sequence as
shown.
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-72
Black plate (72,1)
Vehicle Care
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{ WARNING
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
After the compact spare tire has
been installed on the vehicle,
store the flat tire in the trunk.
When storing a full-size tire,
use the extension with the extension
protector, located in the foam
holder, to help avoid wheel surface
damage.
To store a full-size tire:
1. Install the tools in their original
location in the trunk area and
secure.
2. Place the tire valve stem facing
down and the protector/guide
placed through a wheel bolt
hole and threaded onto the
bolt screw.
3. Remove the protector and attach
the retainer securely
4. Store the cover as far forward as
possible.
When storing a compact spare tire
in the trunk, put the protector back
in the foam holder.
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 10‑74. Use this
as a guide for storing the compact
spare tire and tools.
Compact Spare Tire
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Cover
A. Retainer
B. Retainer
B. Full-Size Flat Tire
C. Compact Spare Tire
C. Protective Guide
D. Wing Nut
D. Extension Bolt Screw
E. Jack
E. Wing Nut
F.
F.
Wheel Wrench
Jack
G. Extension Protector
G. Wheel Wrench
H. Foam Holder
H. Foam Holder
I.
I.
Bolt Screw
Full-Size Flat Tire
Bolt Screw
10-73
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-74
Black plate (74,1)
Vehicle Care
Compact Spare Tire
{ WARNING
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time
could result in loss of braking
and handling. This could lead
to a crash and you or others
could be injured. Use only one
compact spare tire at a time.
Although the compact spare tire
was fully inflated when the vehicle
was new, it can lose air after a
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
After installing the compact spare
on the vehicle, you should stop as
soon as possible and make sure
the spare tire is correctly inflated.
The compact spare is made to
perform well at speeds up to
105 km/h (65 mph) for distances up
to 5 000 km (3,000 miles), so you
can finish your trip and have the
full-size tire repaired or replaced
where you want. You must calibrate
the tire inflation monitor system after
installing or removing the compact
spare. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑51. The system
may not work correctly when the
compact spare is installed on the
vehicle. Of course, it's best to
replace the spare with a full-size
tire as soon as you can. The spare
will last longer and be in good
shape in case you need it again.
Notice: When the compact
spare is installed, do not take
the vehicle through an automatic
car wash with guide rails. The
compact spare can get caught on
the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel and other parts of the
vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
And do not mix the compact spare
tire or wheel with other wheels or
tires. They will not fit. Keep the
spare tire and its wheel together.
Notice: Tire chains will not fit
the compact spare. Using them
can damage the vehicle and can
damage the chains too. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10‑29.
If your vehicle's battery has run
down, you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.
{
WARNING
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.
They contain acid that can
burn you.
.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.
They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Notice: Ignoring these steps
could result in costly damage to
the vehicle that would not be
covered by the warranty.
Trying to start the vehicle by
pushing or pulling it will not
work, and it could damage the
vehicle.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12‐volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Notice: Only use a vehicle
that has a 12-volt system with
a negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
can be damaged.
10-75
2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can reach,
but be sure the vehicles are
not touching each other. If they
are, it could cause a ground
connection you do not want.
You would not be able to start
your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage
the electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of
the vehicles rolling, set the
parking brake firmly on both
vehicles involved in the jump
start procedure. Put an
automatic transmission
in P (Park) or a manual
transmission in N (Neutral)
before setting the parking
brake.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-76
Black plate (76,1)
Vehicle Care
Notice: If the radio or other
accessories are left on during
the jump starting procedure, they
could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always turn off the
radio and other accessories
when jump starting the vehicle.
3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the accessory
power outlets. Turn off the radio
and all lamps that are not
needed. This will avoid sparks
and help save both batteries.
And it could save the radio!
4. Open the hoods and locate the
batteries. Find the positive (+)
and negative (−) terminal
locations on each vehicle.
You will not need to access
your battery for jump starting.
Your vehicle has a remote
positive (+) jump starting
terminal for that purpose.
The remote positive (+)
terminal is located in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle,
on the underhood fuse block.
See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for
more information on location.
To uncover the remote
positive (+) terminal, remove
the fuse block cover. You
should always use the remote
positive (+) terminal instead of
the positive (+) terminal on the
battery.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{ WARNING
Using an open flame near a
battery can cause battery gas to
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you
need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{ WARNING
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
10-77
5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles could
be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will go
to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one. Negative (−) will go to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
part or to a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−), or you will get
a short that would damage
the battery and maybe other
parts too. And do not connect
the negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this
can cause sparks.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-78
Black plate (78,1)
Vehicle Care
6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+) terminal
location of the vehicle with the
dead battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
7. Do not let the other end
touch metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal location of
the vehicle with the good battery.
Use a remote positive (+)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal location of
the vehicle with the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
The other end of the negative (−)
cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or
to a remote negative (−) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery.
9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable at least 45 cm
(18 in) away from the dead
battery, but not near engine
parts that move. The electrical
connection is just as good there,
and the chance of sparks getting
back to the battery is much less.
10. Now start the vehicle with
the good battery and run the
engine for a while.
11. Try to start the vehicle that
had the dead battery. If it will
not start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other
or other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
Part or Remote Negative (−)
Terminal
B. Good Battery or Remote
Positive (+) Terminal and
Remote Negative (−) Terminals
C. Dead Battery or Remote
Positive (+) Terminal
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care
To disconnect the jumper cables
from both vehicles, do the following:
Towing
1. Disconnect the black
negative (−) cable from the
vehicle that had the dead
battery.
Towing the Vehicle
2. Disconnect the black
negative (−) cable from the
vehicle with the good battery.
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery.
4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the other vehicle.
5. Return the fuse block cover to its
original position.
Notice: To avoid damage,
the disabled vehicle should be
towed with all four wheels off
the ground. Care must be taken
with vehicles that have low
ground clearance and/or special
equipment. Always flatbed on
a car carrier.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service
if the disabled vehicle must be
towed. See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13‑6.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
section.
10-79
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home.
The two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-80
Vehicle Care
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
What is the towing capacity
of the towing vehicle?
Be sure to read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
.
What is the distance that will be
travelled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.
Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
.
Black plate (80,1)
Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make
sure the vehicle is prepared
to be towed.
Dinghy Towing
Dolly Towing
Notice: If the vehicle is
towed with all four wheels
on the ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
tow the vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground.
Use the following procedure to dolly
tow the vehicle from the front:
The vehicle was not designed to
be towed with all four wheels on
the ground. If the vehicle must
be towed, a dolly should be used.
See “Dolly Towing” that follows for
more information.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
4. Firmly set the parking brake.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care
5. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels are
locked into the straight position.
Appearance Care
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
If dirt and/or contaminants build
up in the glass seals, use a cloth
and water to clean the glass seals.
Silicone grease on weatherstrips
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak.
Apply silicone grease with a clean
cloth. During very cold, damp
weather frequent application may
be required. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑6.
7. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the towing
vehicle.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and remove the key.
Exterior Care
Washing the Vehicle
The best way to preserve the
vehicle's finish is to keep it clean
by washing it often.
10-81
Notice: Certain cleaners contain
chemicals that can damage
the emblems or nameplates on
the vehicle. Check the cleaning
product label. If it states that it
should not be used on plastic
parts, do not use it on the vehicle
or damage may occur and it
would not be covered by the
warranty.
Do not wash the vehicle in
direct sunlight. Use a car washing
soap. Do not use cleaning agents
that are petroleum based or
that contain acid or abrasives,
as they can damage the paint,
metal or plastic on the vehicle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-82
Black plate (82,1)
Vehicle Care
Approved cleaning products can be
obtained from your dealer. Follow all
manufacturers' directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions and appropriate
disposal of any vehicle care
product.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
High pressure car washes may
cause water to enter the vehicle.
Avoid using high pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use of
power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa
(1,200 psi) can result in damage or
removal of paint and decals.
Cleaning Exterior
Lamps/Lenses
Use only lukewarm or cold water,
a soft cloth and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Follow instructions under “Washing
the Vehicle.”
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
of the vehicle by hand may be
necessary to remove residue from
the paint finish. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from your
dealer.
If the vehicle has a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat
gives more depth and gloss to
the colored basecoat. Always
use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish.
Notice: Machine compounding
or aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap,
bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe
for painted surfaces to remove
foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are
subject to aging, weather and
chemical fallout that can take
their toll over a period of years.
To help keep the paint finish looking
new, keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
Bright metal parts should be
cleaned regularly to keep their
luster. Washing with water is all that
is usually needed. However, chrome
polish may be used on chrome or
stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use special care with aluminum
trim. To avoid damaging protective
trim, never use auto or chrome
polish, steam or caustic soap
to clean aluminum. A coating of
wax, rubbed to high polish, is
recommended for all bright metal
parts.
10-83
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Aluminum Wheels
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Notice: Using strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes,
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
that contain acid on aluminum
or chrome-plated wheels, could
damage the surface of the
wheel(s). The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Use only approved
cleaners on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels.
Clean the rubber blades using
a lint free cloth or paper towel
soaked with windshield washer
fluid or a mild detergent. Wash
the windshield thoroughly when
cleaning the blades. Bugs, road
grime, sap and a buildup of vehicle
wash/wax treatments may cause
wiper streaking. Replace the wiper
blades if they are worn or damaged.
Wipers can be damaged by:
.
Extreme dusty conditions
.
Sand and salt
.
Heat and sun
.
Snow and ice, without proper
removal
Keep the wheels clean using a
soft, clean cloth with mild soap
and water. Rinse with clean water.
After rinsing thoroughly, dry with a
soft clean towel. A wax may then
be applied.
Notice: Using chrome polish on
aluminum wheels could damage
the wheels. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Use chrome polish
on chrome wheels only.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-84
Black plate (84,1)
Vehicle Care
The surface of these wheels is
similar to the painted surface of
the vehicle. Do not use strong
soaps, chemicals, abrasive
polishes, abrasive cleaners,
cleaners with acid, or abrasive
cleaning brushes on them because
they could damage the surface.
Do not use chrome polish on
aluminum wheels.
Notice: Driving the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
that has silicone carbide tire
cleaning brushes, could damage
the aluminum or chrome-plated
wheels. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Never drive a vehicle that has
aluminum or chrome-plated
wheels through an automatic
car wash that uses silicone
carbide tire cleaning brushes.
Tires
Finish Damage
To clean the tires, use a stiff brush
with tire cleaner.
Any stone chips, fractures or deep
scratches in the finish should be
repaired right away. Bare metal will
corrode quickly and may develop
into major repair expense.
Notice: Using petroleum-based
tire dressing products on the
vehicle may damage the paint
finish and/or tires. When applying
a tire dressing, always wipe off
any overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Minor chips and scratches can be
repaired with touch-up materials
available from your dealer. Larger
areas of finish damage can be
corrected in your dealer's body
and paint shop.
Chemicals used for ice and snow
removal and dust control can collect
on the underbody. If these are not
removed, corrosion and rust can
develop on the underbody parts
such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
and exhaust system even though
they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these
materials from the underbody
with plain water. Clean any areas
where mud and debris can collect.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care
Dirt packed in close areas of the
frame should be loosened before
being flushed. Your dealer or an
underbody car washing system
can do this.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow
removal and dust control can collect
on the underbody. If these are not
removed, corrosion and rust can
develop on the underbody parts
such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
and exhaust system even though
they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these
materials from the underbody
with plain water. Clean any areas
where mud and debris can collect.
Dirt packed in close areas of the
frame should be loosened before
being flushed. Your dealer or an
underbody car washing system
can do this.
10-85
Chemical Paint Spotting
Interior Care
Some weather and atmospheric
conditions can create a chemical
fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
upon and attack painted surfaces
on the vehicle. This damage can
take two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface.
The interior will continue to look
its best if it is cleaned often.
Dust and dirt can accumulate on
the upholstery and cause damage
to the carpet, fabric, leather, and
plastic surfaces. Stains should be
removed quickly as extreme heat
could cause them to set rapidly.
Although no defect in the paint job
causes this, we will repair, at no
charge to the owner, the surfaces
of new vehicles damaged by this
fallout condition within 12 months
or 20 000 km (12,000 miles) of
purchase, whichever occurs first.
Lighter colored interiors may
require more frequent cleaning.
Newspapers and garments that can
transfer color to home furnishings
can also transfer color to the
interior.
Remove dust from small buttons
and knobs with a small brush with
soft bristles.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-86
Black plate (86,1)
Vehicle Care
Your dealer has products for
cleaning the interior. When
cleaning the interior, only use
cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces that are being
cleaned. Permanent damage can
result from using cleaners on
surfaces for which they were not
intended. Apply the cleaner directly
to the cleaning cloth to prevent
over-spray. Remove any accidental
over-spray from other surfaces
immediately.
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners
when cleaning glass surfaces
on the vehicle, could scratch the
glass and/or cause damage to
the rear window defogger. When
cleaning the glass on the vehicle,
use only a soft cloth and glass
cleaner.
Cleaners can contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners,
read and adhere to all safety
instructions on the label. While
cleaning the interior, maintain
adequate ventilation by opening
the doors and windows.
Do not clean the interior using the
following cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a knife or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.
Never use a stiff brush. It can
cause damage to the interior
surfaces.
.
Never apply heavy pressure or
rub aggressively with a cleaning
cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
damage the interior and does
not improve the effectiveness
of soil removal.
.
Use only mild, neutral-pH
soaps. Avoid laundry detergents
or dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. Using too much
soap will leave a residue that
leaves streaks and attracts
dirt. For liquid cleaners, about
20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
water is a good guide.
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery while cleaning.
.
Cleaners that contain solvents
can damage the interior.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet
To clean:
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft
brush attachment to remove dust
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum
with a beater bar in the nozzle
may only be used on floor carpet
and carpeted floor mats. For soils,
always try to remove them first with
plain water or club soda. Before
cleaning, gently remove as much
of the soil as possible using one
of the following techniques:
1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white
cloth with water or club soda.
.
For liquids: gently blot the
remaining soil with a paper
towel. Allow the soil to absorb
into the paper towel until no
more can be removed.
.
For solid dry soils: remove as
much as possible and then
vacuum.
2. Remove excess moisture.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Continue cleaning, using
a clean area of the cloth each
time it becomes soiled.
4. Continue to gently rub the
soiled area.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution and repeat the cleaning
process that was used with plain
water.
10-87
If any of the soil remains, a
commercial fabric cleaner or spot
lifter may be necessary. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally
cleaned area gives any impression
that a ring formation may result,
clean the entire surface.
A paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture from the fabric or
carpet after the cleaning process.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-88
Black plate (88,1)
Vehicle Care
Leather/Leatherette
Leather, and lighter colored leather
in particular, will need more frequent
cleaning to prevent the buildup of
dust, dirt, and colors transferred
from other items so that these do
not become permanent stains.
To remove dust, a soft cloth
dampened with water can
be used. If a more thorough
cleaning is necessary, a soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution
can be used. Your dealer has a GM
approved leather cleaner available
that provides superior cleaning
performance when used regularly
on finished automotive leathers.
Allow the leather to dry naturally.
Do not use heat, steam, spot
lifters or spot removers, or shoe
polish on leather. Many commercial
leather cleaners and coatings that
are sold to preserve and protect
leather may permanently change
the appearance and feel of the
leather and are not recommended.
Do not use silicone or wax-based
products, or those containing
organic solvents to clean the
interior because they can alter
the appearance by increasing the
gloss in a non-uniform manner.
Instrument Panel, Vinyl and
other Plastic Surfaces
To remove dust, a soft cloth
dampened with water can be
used. If a more thorough cleaning
is necessary, a clean soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution
can be used to gently remove dust
and dirt. Never use spot lifters
or removers on plastic surfaces.
Many commercial cleaners and
coatings that are sold to preserve
and protect soft plastic surfaces
may permanently change the
appearance and feel of the interior
and are not recommended. Do not
use silicone or wax-based products,
or those containing organic solvents
to clean the interior because
they can alter the appearance
by increasing the gloss in a
non-uniform manner.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (89,1)
Vehicle Care
Some commercial products may
increase gloss on the instrument
panel. The increase in gloss may
cause annoying reflections in the
windshield and even make it difficult
to see through the windshield under
certain conditions.
Notice: Air fresheners contain
solvents that may cause
damage to plastics and
painted surfaces. Follow the
manufacturer’s instructions
when using air fresheners in the
vehicle. If air freshener comes
in contact with paint or a plastic
surface, blot immediately with a
soft cloth. Damage caused by
using air fresheners would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Care of Safety Belts
WARNING (Continued)
Keep belts clean and dry.
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a
crash and injury. Make sure the
floor mat does not interfere with
the accelerator or brake pedal.
{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them.
In a crash, they might not be able
to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Floor Mats
{ WARNING
If a floor mat is the wrong size
or is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the accelerator
pedal and/or brake pedal.
Interference with the pedals can
(Continued)
10-89
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
.
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
10-90
Black plate (90,1)
Vehicle Care
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by one hook-type retainer.
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to
remove it from the hooks.
2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
up the openings on the floor mat
over the hooks and push it down
into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedals.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
General Information
Notice: Maintenance
intervals, checks, inspections,
recommended fluids, and
lubricants are necessary to
keep this vehicle in good
working condition. Damage
caused by failure to follow
scheduled maintenance might
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
As the vehicle owner, you are
responsible for the scheduled
maintenance in this section.
We recommend having your
dealer perform these services.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps
to keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions for
better air quality.
11-1
Because of all the different ways
people use vehicles, maintenance
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
Please read the information under
Scheduled Maintenance. To keep
the vehicle in good condition, see
your dealer.
The maintenance schedule is for
vehicles that:
.
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑12.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Use the recommended fuel.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑35.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-2
Black plate (2,1)
Service and Maintenance
{ WARNING
Performing maintenance work
can be dangerous. Some jobs
can cause serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if you
have the required know-how and
the proper tools and equipment.
If in doubt, see your dealer to
have a qualified technician do
the work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑4.
At your dealer, you can be
certain that you will receive the
highest level of service available.
Your dealer has specially trained
service technicians, uses genuine
replacement parts, as well as,
up‐to‐date tools and equipment
to ensure fast and accurate
diagnostics.
The proper replacement parts,
fluids, and lubricants to use are
listed in Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6 and
Maintenance Replacement Parts on
page 11‑8. We recommend the use
of genuine parts from your dealer.
Rotation of New Tires
To maintain ride, handling, and
performance of the vehicle, it is
important that the first rotation
service for new tires be performed.
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑56.
Scheduled
Maintenance
When the Change Engine Oil
Soon Message Displays
Change engine oil and filter.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
An Emission Control Service.
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, service
is required for the vehicle as
soon as possible, within the next
1 000 km/600 miles. If driving under
the best conditions, the engine oil
life system might not indicate the
need for vehicle service for more
than a year. The engine oil and filter
must be changed at least once a
year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service technicians who will perform
this work and reset the system.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since
the last service. Reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑11.
.
Every Engine Oil Change
.
Change engine oil and
filter. Reset oil life system.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑7
and Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑11. An Emission Control
Service.
.
Engine coolant level check.
See Engine Coolant on
page 10‑17.
.
Engine cooling system
inspection. Visual inspection
of hoses, pipes, fittings, and
clamps and replacement,
if needed.
.
Windshield washer fluid level
check. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑25.
Windshield wiper blade
inspection for wear, cracking,
or contamination and windshield
and wiper blade cleaning,
if contaminated. See Exterior
Care on page 10‑81. Worn
or damaged wiper blade
replacement. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10‑31.
.
Tire inflation pressures
check. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49.
.
Tire wear inspection. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑56.
.
Rotate tires if necessary.
See Tire Rotation on
page 10‑56.
.
Fluids visual leak check
(or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first). A leak in any
system must be repaired and
the fluid level checked.
.
Engine air cleaner filter
inspection. See Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15.
11-3
.
Brake system inspection
(or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first).
.
Steering and suspension
inspection. Visual inspection
for damaged, loose, or missing
parts or signs of wear.
.
Body hinges and latches,
key lock cylinders, folding
seat hardware, and rear
compartment hinges lubrication.
See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6.
More frequent lubrication may
be required when the vehicle
is exposed to a corrosive
environment. Applying silicone
grease on weatherstrips with
a clean cloth makes them last
longer, seal better, and not
stick or squeak.
.
Restraint system component
check. See Safety System
Check on page 3‑25.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-4
.
.
Black plate (4,1)
Service and Maintenance
Fuel system inspection for
damage or leaks.
Exhaust system and nearby heat
shields inspection for loose or
damaged components.
Once a Month
.
.
Tire wear inspection. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑56.
.
Sunroof track and seal
inspection, if equipped.
See Sunroof on page 2‑18.
Additional Required Services
Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles
.
Rotate tires. Tires should
be rotated every 12 000 km/
7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation
on page 10‑56.
Engine oil level check.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
.
Engine coolant level check.
See Engine Coolant on
page 10‑17.
.
Windshield washer fluid level
check. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑25.
Accelerator pedal check for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
Throttle system inspection
for interference, binding
or for damaged or missing
parts. Replace parts as
needed. Replace any
components that have high
effort or excessive wear.
Do not lubricate accelerator
or cruise control cables.
.
Underbody flushing service.
.
Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass
Support Gas Strut Service:
Visually inspect gas strut,
if equipped, for signs of wear,
cracks, or other damage.
Check the hold open ability
of the gas strut. Contact your
dealer if service is required.
Once a Year
.
At Each Fuel Stop
.
Tire inflation pressures
check. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑49.
.
See Starter Switch Check on
page 10‑29.
.
See Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control Function
Check on page 10‑30.
.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10‑30.
.
See Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check on
page 10‑30.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance
First Engine Oil Change After
Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles
.
Passenger compartment
air filter replacement (or every
24 months, whichever occurs
first). More frequent replacement
may be needed if you drive
in areas with heavy traffic,
areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be
needed if you notice reduced
air flow, windows fogging up,
or odors. Your dealer can help
you determine when it is the
right time to replace the filter.
First Engine Oil Change After
Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles
.
.
Engine air cleaner filter
replacement. See Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15.
Automatic transmission fluid and
filter change (severe service) for
vehicles mainly driven in heavy
city traffic in hot weather, in hilly
or mountainous terrain, when
frequently towing a trailer,
or used for taxi, police,
or delivery service.
See Automatic Transmission
Fluid on page 10‑12.
.
Evaporative control system
inspection. Check all fuel and
vapor lines and hoses for proper
hook‐up, routing, and condition.
Check that the purge valve,
if the vehicle has one, works
properly. Replace as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
The U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources
Board has determined that
the failure to perform this
maintenance item will not
nullify the emission warranty
or limit recall liability prior to
the completion of the vehicle's
useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended
maintenance services be
performed at the indicated
intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
11-5
First Engine Oil Change After
Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles
.
Automatic transmission fluid and
filter change (normal service).
See Automatic Transmission
Fluid on page 10‑12.
.
Spark plug replacement and
spark plug wires inspection.
See Engine Coolant on
page 10‑17. An Emission
Control Service.
First Engine Oil Change After
Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles
.
Engine cooling system drain,
flush, and refill (or every five
years, whichever occurs first).
See Engine Coolant on
page 10‑17. An Emission
Control Service.
.
Engine drive belts inspection
for fraying, excessive cracks,
or obvious damage (or every
10 years, whichever occurs
first). Replace, if needed.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-6
Black plate (6,1)
Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil
The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification.
Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification
mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos
certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑7.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer
Power Steering System
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967,
in Canada 89021320).
Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance
Usage
Automatic Transmission
Key Lock Cylinders
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Hood and Door Hinges
Weatherstrip Conditioning
11-7
Fluid/Lubricant
®
DEXRON ‐VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,
in Canada 10953474).
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-8
Black plate (8,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Part
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
10350737
A2962C
19210285
PF61
15284938
CF132
12591131
41‐100
Driver Side ‐ 55.0 cm (21.7 in)
15941731
—
Passenger Side ‐ 55.0 cm (21.7 in)
15941732
—
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Engine Oil Filter
3.5L and 3.9L V6 Flexible Fuel Engines
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
Spark Plugs
3.5L and 3.9L V6 Flexible Fuel Engines
Wiper Blades
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance
11-9
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-10
Black plate (10,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Record (cont.)
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Record (cont.)
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
11-11
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
11-12
Black plate (12,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Record (cont.)
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3
12-1
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN
is the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, in the trunk, has the
following information:
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Model designation.
.
Paint information.
.
Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
12-2
Black plate (2,1)
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6 for more information.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a
Automatic Transmission (Bottom Pan Removal)
Capacities
Metric
English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
7.0 L
7.4 qt
10.0 L
10.6 qt
3.8 L
4.0 qt
66.2 L
17.5 gal
140 Y
100 lb ft
Cooling System Including Reservoir
3.5L and 3.9L V6 FlexFuel Engines
Engine Oil with Filter
3.5L and 3.9L V6 FlexFuel Engines
Fuel Tank
Wheel Nut Torque
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data
Engine Specifications
VIN Code
Transmission
Spark Plug Gap
3.5L FlexFuel V6
Engine
K
Automatic
1.01 mm (0.040 in)
3.9L FlexFuel V6
M
Automatic
1.01 mm (0.040 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.5L V6 and 3.9L V6 Engines
12-3
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
12-4
Black plate (4,1)
Technical Data
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-5
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-16
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-17
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
13-1
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill
are important to the dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by the dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your
concern with a member of
dealership management. Normally,
concerns can be quickly resolved
at that level. If the matter has
already been reviewed with the
sales, service, or parts manager,
contact the owner of the dealership
or the general manager.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-2
Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot
be resolved by the dealership
without further help, in the U.S.,
call the Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center at
1-800-222-1020. In Canada,
call General Motors of Canada
Customer Communication Centre
at 1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give
your inquiry prompt attention.
Have the following information
available to give the Customer
Assistance representative:
.
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left
of the instrument panel and
visible through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and the
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two,
you can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program
is an out-of-court program
administered by the Council of
Better Business Bureaus to settle
automotive disputes regarding
vehicle repairs or the interpretation
of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Although you may be
required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior
to filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with
the decision given in your case,
you may reject it and proceed with
any other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto
Line Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them
at the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in
all 50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue
its participation in this program.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners: In the event that you
do not feel your concerns have
been addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware
of its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
or call the General Motors
Customer Communication
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Communication
Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
13-3
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers
to call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-4
Black plate (4,1)
Customer Information
From Puerto Rico:
Overseas
1-800-496-9992 (English)
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
Please contact the local
General Motors Business Unit.
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
Mexico, Central America, and
Caribbean Islands/Countries
(Except Puerto Rico and
U.S. Virgin Islands)
1-800-496-9994
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
General Motors de Mexico,
S. de R.L. de C.V.
Customer Assistance Center
Av. Ejercito Nacional #843
Col. Granada
C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.
01-800-466-0800
Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800
Customer Assistance
for Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY
user in the U.S. can communicate
with Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information
Online Owner Center
Other Helpful Links
Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
www.chevyownercenter.com
Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com
Information and services
customized for your specific
vehicle — all in one convenient
place.
.
Digital owner manual, warranty
information, and more.
.
Storage for online service and
maintenance records.
.
Chevrolet dealer locator for
service nationwide.
.
Exclusive privileges and offers.
.
Recall notices for your specific
vehicle.
.
OnStar and GM Cardmember
Services Earnings summaries.
Chevrolet Merchandise —
www.chevymall.com
13-5
Here are a few of the valuable
tools and services you will have
access to:
.
My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
current offers in your area.
.
My GM Canada www.gm.ca
My Dealers: Save details such
as address and phone number
for each of your preferred GM
dealers.
.
My GM Canada is a
password-protected section
of www.gm.ca where you can
save information on GM vehicles,
get personalized offers, and use
handy tools and forms with
greater ease.
My Driveway: Access quick
links to parts and service
estimates, check trade-in
values, or schedule a service
appointment by adding the
vehicles you own to your
driveway profile.
.
My Preferences: Manage your
profile and use tools and forms
with greater ease.
Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do
.
FAQ
.
Contact Us
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca
section within www.gm.ca.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-6
Black plate (6,1)
Customer Information
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
General Motors of Canada
also has a Mobility Program.
Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935.
Text Telephone (TTY) users,
call 1-800-833-9935.
For U.S.‐purchased vehicles,
call 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text
Telephone (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438).
For Canadian‐purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.
Telephone number of your
location.
.
Location of the vehicle.
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN),
and delivery date of the vehicle.
.
Description of the problem.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information
Coverage
Services Provided
Services are provided up to
5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi),
whichever comes first.
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.
Lock‐Out Service: Service
to unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program
at any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right
to limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
13-7
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is
not covered by the warranty.
.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.
Legal fines.
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
.
Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-8
Black plate (8,1)
Customer Information
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.
Trip Routing Service: Detailed
maps of North America are
provided when requested either
with the most direct route or the
most scenic route. There is a
limit of six requests per year.
Additional travel information
is also available. Allow
three weeks for delivery.
.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits
and Assistance: Must be
over 250 kilometers from
where your trip was started
to qualify. General Motors
of Canada Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy
of the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may
give permission to get local
emergency road service.
You will receive payment, up to
$100, after sending the original
receipt to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are
the owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires
warranty service, contact the dealer
and request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, the
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until
it can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
the dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If the dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for the
same-day repair.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid‐specific warranties in
both the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information” furnished
with each new vehicle provides
detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally
be completed while you wait.
However, if you are unable
to wait, GM helps to minimize
inconvenience by providing several
transportation options. Depending
on the circumstances, the dealer
can offer one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of the dealer's area.
13-9
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead
of the dealer's shuttle service,
the expense must be supported
by original receipts and can only
be up to the maximum amount
allowed by GM for shuttle service.
In addition, for U.S. customers,
should you arrange transportation
through a friend or relative, limited
reimbursement for reasonable
fuel expenses may be available.
Claim amounts should reflect
actual costs and be supported by
original receipts. See the dealer for
information regarding the allowance
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
or other transportation costs.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-10
Black plate (10,1)
Customer Information
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
The dealer may arrange to
provide you with a courtesy
rental vehicle or reimburse you
for a rental vehicle that you
obtain if the vehicle is kept for
an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be
limited and must be supported
by original receipts. This requires
that you sign and complete a
rental agreement and meet
state/provincial, local, and rental
vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may
include minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card,
etc. You are responsible for fuel
usage charges and may also be
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
usage beyond the completion of
the repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact the
dealer for specific information
about availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements
will be administered by appropriate
dealer personnel.
General Motors reserves the
right to unilaterally modify,
change, or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and
to resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms
and conditions described herein
at its sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged,
have the damage repaired by a
qualified technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are
new parts made with the same
materials and construction methods
as the parts with which the vehicle
was originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information
Recycled original equipment
parts may also be used for repair.
These parts are typically removed
from vehicles that were total losses
in prior crashes. In most cases,
the parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice
to maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history
of these parts is not known. Such
parts are not covered by the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and
any related failures are not covered
by that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are
also available. These are made
by companies other than GM and
may not have been tested for the
vehicle. As a result, these parts
may fit poorly, exhibit premature
durability/corrosion problems,
and may not perform properly in
subsequent collisions. Aftermarket
parts are not covered by the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
and any vehicle failure related
to such parts is not covered by
that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility
that meets your needs before
you ever need collision repairs.
The dealer may have a collision
repair center with GM-trained
technicians and state‐of‐the‐art
equipment, or be able to
recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
13-11
Insuring The Vehicle
Protect your investment in the
GM vehicle with comprehensive
and collision insurance coverage.
There are significant differences
in the quality of coverage afforded
by various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation
for damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that
the vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is
not available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-12
Black plate (12,1)
Customer Information
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help.
Do not leave the scene of a crash
until all matters have been taken
care of. Move the vehicle only if its
position puts you in danger, or you
are instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Gather the following information:
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.
Driver license number.
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.
Vehicle license plate number.
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Insurance company and policy
number.
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See After an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3‑32.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed
there. Specify to the facility that
any required replacement collision
parts be original equipment parts,
either new Genuine GM parts
or recycled original GM parts.
Remember, recycled parts will
not be covered by the GM
vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the
repair, but you must live with the
repair. Depending on your policy
limits, your insurance company
may initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this
with the repair professional, and
insist on Genuine GM parts.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information
Remember, if the vehicle is leased,
you may be obligated to have the
vehicle repaired with Genuine
GM parts, even if your insurance
coverage does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept
a repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision
policy repair limits, as you have
no contractual limits with that
company. In such cases, you
can have control of the repair
and parts choices as long as the
cost stays within reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the
diagnosis and repair information
on the engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
13-13
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle.
The Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Booklet.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-14
Black plate (14,1)
Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
Prices are subject to change
without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in
U.S. funds. Make checks payable
in U.S. funds.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order
a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may
call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
to http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada Limited.
Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or
write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
2780 Sheffield Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA
(or Transport Canada) in a situation
like this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
13-15
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
This GM vehicle has a number of
sophisticated computers that record
information about the vehicle’s
performance and how it is driven.
For example, the vehicle uses
computer modules to monitor and
control engine and transmission
performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment
and deploy airbags in a crash, and,
if so equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
vehicle. These modules may store
data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle. Some modules
may also store data about how you
operate the vehicle, such as rate of
fuel consumption or average speed.
These modules may also retain the
owner’s personal preferences, such
as radio pre-sets, seat positions,
and temperature settings.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-16
Customer Information
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle has an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose
of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that
will assist in understanding how
a vehicle's systems performed.
The EDR is designed to record
data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
.
Black plate (16,1)
How various systems in the
vehicle were operating.
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened.
.
How far, if at all, the driver was
pressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal.
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances
in which crashes and injuries occur.
Important: EDR data is recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial
crash situation occurs; no data is
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age,
and crash location) is recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a
crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with
the consent of the vehicle owner
or, if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part
of GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or
may be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information
OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
an active OnStar system, that
system may also record data in
crash or near crash‐like situations.
The OnStar Terms and Conditions
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
in the OnStar glove box kit,
at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or
by pressing the Q button and
speaking to an advisor.
13-17
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
Radio Frequency
Statement
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences
such as key fobs for remote door
locking/unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with
any other GM system containing
personal information.
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
13-18
Black plate (18,1)
Customer Information
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
INDEX
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Airbag System (cont.)
What Will You See After
an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .3-32
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-28
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Alarm System
Anti-Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Antenna
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Anti-Theft
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-36
i-1
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Audio System
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-25
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-2
Black plate (2,1)
INDEX
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-31
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-20
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Bulb Replacement (cont.)
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-36
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-35
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Charging
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-30
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-51
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57, 3-59
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
INDEX
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-13
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-16
Daytime Running
Lamps/Automatic
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
i-3
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-4
Black plate (4,1)
INDEX
E
E85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-31
Electronic Stability Control
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Engine (cont.)
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Cooling System Messages . . .5-32
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Overheated Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-25
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Engine Oil
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-16
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Fog Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Front Fog Lamps
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
INDEX
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-36
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-36
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Requirements, California . . . . .9-36
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Fuel Economy
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Fuses
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
i-5
G
H
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Daytime Running
Lamps/Automatic
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-25
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-6
Black plate (6,1)
INDEX
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-34
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-43
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
LATCH System
Replacing Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Lighting
Delayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-23
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
INDEX
Lights (cont.)
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Traction Control System
(TCS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . .5-36
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-32
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
i-7
Messages (cont.)
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
N
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-8
Black plate (8,1)
INDEX
O
P
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-42
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Operation, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-30
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-24
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-34
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-17
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-9
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
INDEX
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-17
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-42
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-15
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-31
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
i-9
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .3-25
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-23
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-15
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-10
Black plate (10,1)
INDEX
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57, 3-59
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Service (cont.)
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Sidemarker
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
INDEX
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Tires (cont.)
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-63
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-42
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-79
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Traction
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-29
Control System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
i-11
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
U
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-45
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2011
i-12
Black plate (12,1)
INDEX
V
Vehicle
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Warning Lights, Gauges,
and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . . 5-38
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-49
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-31
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising